رِسَالَةُ بُولُسَ الرَّسُولِ إِلَى أَھْلِ رُومِيَة

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﺔ‬

‫أوال‪ :‬كاتب الرسالة‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺸﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﺴﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻵﺴﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼـﻐﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺒﺠـﻭﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺍﺌل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺩﺍﺭﺴـﻬﺎ ﺜـﻡ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸـﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻓـﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻀﻁﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﺜﻡ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﻤـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺩﺃ ﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺫﻫﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺤﻼﺕ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻤﺒﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻀﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎل ﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺸـﻬﺩ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻨﻴﺭﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺘﺏ ‪ ‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ثانيا‪ :‬لمن كتبت‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻋﺎﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻤﺒﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺸﺨﺼًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺠﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻓـﻰ ﻴـﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﻟﺒﻠﺩﻫﻡ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﺸﺘﺘﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺸـﻠﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺃﺴﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﻟﻴل ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺴﻼﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼل ﻫﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻅﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻁﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺴﺱ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻋـﺎﻡ ‪41‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﺫﺍ ﻁﺒﻌًـﺎ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺒﺄﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻏﻼﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﺒل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺴﻘﻔﻬﺎ ﻷﺭﺴـل ﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﺴﻼﻤﹰﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻜل‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻭﺼل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪62‬ﻡ ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﺤﻀﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺎﺒل ﺒﻁﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪267‬‬

‫ثالثا ً‪ :‬زمن ومكان كتابتھا‪:‬‬

‫ﻜﹸﺘﺒﺕ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪58‬ﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪62‬ﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬـﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫رابعا ً‪ :‬أغراض الرسالة ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺭﻓﺽ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺅﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺴﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ ﺒﻌـﺩ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫خامسا ً‪ :‬أقسام الرسالة ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ )ﺹ‪.(1‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ )ﺹ ‪.(8-2‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺴﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ )ﺹ‪.(11-9‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ )ﺹ ‪.(15 :12‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺃﺒﻭﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺘﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻷﺤﺒﺎﺌﻪ )ﺹ ‪.(16‬‬

‫‪268‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الكرازة بالمسيح )ع ‪:( 7 - 1‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺪ ُﻋﻮﱡ َﺭﺳُﻮﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ﹾﻔ َﺮﺯُ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﷲِ‪2 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓ َﻮ َﻋ َﺪ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹺﺑﹶﺄْﻧﹺﺒﻴَﺎِﺋ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺑُﻮﻟﹸﺲُ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺒْﺪٌ ﻟِﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﻮﱠ ٍﺓ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻞ ﺩَﺍﻭُ َﺩ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﹾﺠَﺴَﺪِ‪َ 4 ،‬ﻭَﺗ َﻌﻴﱠ َﻦ ﺍْﺑ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ َﺳ ِﺔ ‪َ 3‬ﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍْﺑﹺﻨﻪِ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹸﺘُ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‪5 .‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ْﺳ ِﻤ ِﻪ ﻗﹶﺒﹺﻠﹾﻨَﺎ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺪَﺍ َﺳ ِﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍﺕِ‪َ :‬ﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺭُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪7 .‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹺﺭﺳَﺎﹶﻟ ﹰﺔ ِﻹﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻓِﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢﹺ‪6 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻣ ْﺪ ُﻋﻮﱡﻭ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃﺑﹺﻴﻨَﺎ َﻭﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪ :‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺟُﻮﺩِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺭُﻭ ِﻣَﻴﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ َﺀ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﺪ ُﻋﻮﱢﻳ َﻦ ِﻗﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺒﻅﻬﻭﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺴﻭ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﺃﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﺠﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭﻙ‬

‫ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﻔﻴﺭﺍﹰ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻙ ﺒﺴﻠﻭﻜﻙ ﻭﻜﻼﻤﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3-2‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺸﺘﺎﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ )ﺍﺒﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ( ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬًﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﹰﺎ ﺇﻴﱠﺎﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻻﻫﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻜﺄﻋﻅﻡ ﻋﻁﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪269‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺒﻪ ﺇﺫ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻜل ﺇﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻻ ﻋﻨﻙ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻙ ﻭﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﻤﺜﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺤﻤل ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﻙ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﺼﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻋﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺨﺎﻑ ﺇﺫﺍﹰ؟ ﺜﻕ ﺒﻰ ﻓﺈﻨﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺸﻜﻼﺘﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻻﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺫﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻓﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻟﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻁﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7-6‬ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻠﻘﺒًﺎ ﺇﻴﺎﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﺤﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻌﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻙ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻁﻌﺕ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴُﺤﺭَﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺸﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻴﺸﻜﻭﻥ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻜﺘﺌﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻕ ﺇﺫ "ﻻ ﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻟﻸﺸﺭﺍﺭ")ﺇﺵ‪.(22 :48‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬تشجيع المؤمنين )ع ‪:(12 - 8‬‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎَﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻳُﻨَﺎﺩَﻯ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢﹺ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪8‬ﹶﺃﻭﱠﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺷﻜﹸﺮُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻬﹺﻰ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺮﱢﻋًﺎ ﺩَﺍِﺋﻤًﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻛﹸﺮُﻛﹸﻢْ‪ُ 10 ،‬ﻣَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺍْﻧ ِﻘﻄﹶﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﺒُﺪُﻩُ ﺑﹺﺮُﻭﺣِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍْﺑﹺﻨﻪِ‪ ،‬ﺷَﺎﻫِﺪٌ ﻟِﻰ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍَ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺁِﺗ َﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 11 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﻣُﺸْﺘَﺎﻕٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ‬ ‫ﺻَﻠﹶﻮَﺍﺗِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻋﺴَﻰ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳَﺘَﻴﺴﱠ َﺮ ﻟِﻰ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﹺﺑ َﻤﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻯ ﻟِﻨَﺘَﻌَﺰﱠﻯ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ ﺟَﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﳝَﺎﹺﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﹺﺇﳝَﺎﻧﹺﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻜﹸﻢْ ِﻫَﺒ ﹰﺔ ﺭُﻭ ِﺣﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ِﻟﹶﺜﺒَﺎِﺗ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪12 ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻣَْﻨ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻋﺠﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﺘﻘﺩﻩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻨﺭﻯ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻨﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﻤﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪270‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :10-9‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻠﻔﺕ ﻨﻅﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ )ﻴﻭ‪ .(24 ،23 :4‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻀﻌًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻨﺎﻅﺭ ﻟﻜل ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺭﺍﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺤﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻨﻭﺍل ﻤﺩﺤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺨﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻤﺴﺭﺓ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻀﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺸﺘﻌل‬ ‫ﻉ ﻴﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺨﺭﺍﻓﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻜل‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﺤﺏ ﺃﺒﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺴﻴﺤﻪ ﻜﺭﺍ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻤﻨﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﺸﺘﻴﺎﻗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺭﺍﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﻫﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﺜﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻅ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻟﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺨﺘﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺒﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺜﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺼﻼﺘﻙ‬

‫ﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺜﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﻤﻴﻕ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺃﻭﻻ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اشتياق بولس لتبشير رومية )ع ‪:(17-13‬‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺪﺕُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺁِﺗ َﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُﹺﻨ ْﻌﺖُ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹰﺓ ﹶﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻨﹺﻰ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫‪13‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎ ِﺀ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺮَﺍﹺﺑ َﺮ ِﺓ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻟِﻰ ﹶﺛ َﻤ ٌﺮ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺳَﺎِﺋ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢﹺ‪14 .‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﻣَﺪْﻳُﻮﻥﹲ ِﻟﻠﹾﻴُﻮﻧَﺎﹺﻧﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﺳَﺘﺤِﻰ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ‪َ 16 ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﲑﻛﹸﻢْ ﹶﺃْﻧﺘُﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺭُﻭ ِﻣَﻴ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳ ً‬ ‫ﺸﹺ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ َﻌﺪﱞ ِﻟَﺘﺒْ ِ‬ ‫ﻼﺀِ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓ َﻬ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻟِﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﺠُ َﻬ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺹ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ‪ِ :‬ﻟ ﹾﻠَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻴُﻮﻧَﺎﹺﻧﻰﱢ‪َ 17 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻣُﻌْﻠﹶﻦٌ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﹺﺈْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹸﻗﻮﱠ ﹸﺓ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﳝَﺎﻥٍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎﺭﱡ ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﺮﱡ ﺍ ِ‬

‫‪271‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :15-13‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﺸﺘﻴﺎﻗﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺌﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﻀﺤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻥ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ )ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺍﺒﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻙ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺏ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻤﺠﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻓﺭﺡ ﻷﻥ ﻜل ﺘﻌﺏ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺫﺨﺭ ﻟﻙ ﻜﻨﺯﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﺈﻨﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺨﺠل ﻤﻥ ﺁﻻﻤﻪ ﻭﺼﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻨﺠﻴل ﻗﻭﺓ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻋﺩﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻔﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ؛ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻔﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻴﺭﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﹼﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻟﻨﻨﺎل ﻨﺤﻥ ﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻏﻔﺭﺍﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ )ﺤﺒﻘﻭﻕ ‪ ،(4 :2‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﻭﻴﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬رفض ﷲ وعبادة األوثان )ع ‪:(23-18‬‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱠ‬ ‫ﺠﺰُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﹺﺇﹾﺛ ِﻤ ﹺﻬﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻣُﻌْﻠﹶﻦٌ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﹸﻓﺠُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐﺍِ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫‪َ 18‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃﹶﻇﹾﻬَﺮَﻫَﺎ ﹶﻟ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ 20 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﺃﻣُﻮ ُﺭ ُﻩ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻨﻈﹸﻮ َﺭ ِﺓ ُﺗﺮَﻯ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﺬ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫ َﺮ ﹲﺓ ﻓِﻴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﹾﺛﻢﹺ‪19 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻣﻌْ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓﺔﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋُ ﹾﺬﺭﹴ‪َ 21 .‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ َﻋ َﺮﻓﹸﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺼﻨُﻮﻋَﺎﺕِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸ ْﺪ َﺭَﺗ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ْﺮ َﻣ ِﺪﻳﱠ ﹶﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻻﻫُﻮَﺗﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫َﺧ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻖ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ ﻣُﺪْ َﺭ ﹶﻛ ﹰﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫‪272‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺸ ﹸﻜﺮُﻭ ُﻩ ﹶﻛﹺﺈﹶﻟﻪٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺣ ِﻤﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﻜﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻫﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻇ ﹶﻠ َﻢ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﺒُﻬُﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐﹺﺒﻰﱡ‪22 .‬ﻭَﺑَﻴْﻨَﻤَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﷲَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ َﻤﺠﱢﺪُﻭ ُﻩ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﺒ ِﻪ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻻ ﻳَﻔﹾﻨَﻰ ﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﺰ ُﻋﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺣُ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎﺭُﻭﺍ ﺟُﻬَﻼﹶﺀَ‪َ 23 ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﺑْ َﺪﻟﹸﻮﺍ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﻳ ﹾﻔﻨَﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟ ﱡﻄﻴُﻮﺭﹺ ﻭَﺍﻟﺪﱠﻭَﺍﺏﱢ ﻭَﺍﻟﺰﱠﺣﱠﺎﻓﹶﺎﺕِ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺸﺠﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺩﺡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻴﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﻤﺘﻤﺎﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺼﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺤﺠﺒﻭﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺩﻋﺎﺌﻪ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺼﻭﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺃﻤﻭﺭﻩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻤﺩﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺤﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﻨﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻟﺠﺒﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﺍﻜﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺌﻊ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻗﺩﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﻭﻥ؟ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23-21‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﻏﺒﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻜﺭﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻨﺴﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺒﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻴﻭﺭ ﻭﻋﺒﺩﻭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻓﺤﺹ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻫل ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺃﻡ ﺒﻤﻌﺒﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ؟ ﻻ ﺘﻨﺯﻉ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻟﺘﻀﻊ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺊ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻜل‬

‫ﻴﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻋﺸﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻙ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪273‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫)‪ (5‬استباحة النجاسة والزنا )ع ‪:(32-24‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺷَﻬَﻮَﺍﺕِ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺠَﺎ َﺳﺔِ‪ِ ،‬ﻹﻫَﺎَﻧ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ ِﺩ ِﻫ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﹶﺫﻭَﺍِﺗ ﹺﻬـﻢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃ ْﺳ ﹶﻠ َﻤﻬُﻢُ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫‪ِ24‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﺨَﺎِﻟ ﹺﻖ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣُﺒَﺎﺭَﻙٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﻮ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﺗﱠ ﹶﻘﻮْﺍ َﻭ َﻋَﺒﺪُﻭﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫‪25‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﺒ َﺪﻟﹸﻮﺍ َﺣﻖﱠ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻫﻮَﺍ ِﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬﻮَﺍﻥِ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹺﺇﻧَﺎﹶﺛﻬُﻢُ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﺒ َﺪﹾﻟ َﻦ ﺍﻻِﺳْﺘِﻌْﻤَﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ ِﻌﻰﱠ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃ ْﺳ ﹶﻠ َﻤﻬُﻢُ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷَﺑﺪِ‪ .‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪ِ26 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺬﻛﹸﻮ ُﺭ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗَﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻛ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِ‬ ‫ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ِﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻬ َﻮِﺗ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍ ْﺳِﺘ ْﻌ َﻤﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻷُﻧْﺜﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ ِﻌﻰﱠ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﺷَﺘ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ َﻌﺔِ‪َ 27 ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱠ‪28 .‬ﻭَﻛﹶﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﻼِﻟ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺿﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ ﺟَﺰَﺍﺀَ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺸَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﺫﻛﹸﻮﺭًﺍ ﹺﺑﺬﹸﻛﹸﻮﺭﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻧَﺎِﺋ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ِﻟَﺒ ْﻌﺾﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ِﻋ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ِﺫ ْﻫ ﹴﻦ َﻣ ْﺮﻓﹸﻮﺽﹴ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻳﻠِﻴﻖُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓِﺘ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺳ ﹶﻠ َﻤﻬُﻢُ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ْﺒﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﺴَْﺘﺤْ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺪًﺍ َﻭ ﹶﻗ ْﺘ ﹰ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺤُﻮﹺﻧ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﹺﺇﹾﺛ ﹴﻢ َﻭ ﹺﺯﻧًﺎ َﻭ َﺷﺮﱟ َﻭ ﹶﻃ َﻤ ﹴﻊ ﻭَﺧُﺒْﺚٍ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 29‬ﻣ ْﻤﻠﹸﻮِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻭ ِﺧﺼَﺎﻣًﺎ َﻭ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ َﻭﺳُﻮ ًﺀﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻮَﺍِﻟ َﺪْﻳﻦﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ ُﺷﺮُﻭﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻃﹶﺎِﺋ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪ ،‬ﺛﹶﺎِﻟﹺﺒﲔَ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺘَﻌَﻈﱢﻤِﲔَ‪ُ ،‬ﻣﺪﱠ ِﻋﲔَ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺒَْﺘ ِﺪ ِﻋ َ‬ ‫ﻀَ‬ ‫‪َ30‬ﻧﻤﱠﺎ ِﻣﲔَ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ﹾﻔَﺘﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺒْ ِﻐ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﻓ ْﻬ ﹴﻢ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻋ ْﻬ ٍﺪ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﺣُﻨﻮﱟ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺭﹺﺿ ًﻰ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺭ ْﺣ َﻤﺔٍ‪32 .‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻋ َﺮﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﺣُ ﹾﻜ َﻢ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫‪31‬ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱡﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ!‬ ‫ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ َﻳﺴَْﺘﻮْ ﹺﺟﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮَﻧﻬَﺎ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ُﻳ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :25-24‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻷﺼﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﻜﺎﺫﺒﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﻠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻴﻔﻌﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺯﻨﺎ ﻭﺸﺫﻭﺫ ﺃﻫﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺴﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻌﻤل‬ ‫ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺫﻟﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﻬﺎﺭﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﺸﻬﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺃﻨﺜﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﺜﻰ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺎﺕ ﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺒﺸﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﺒﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺫﻭﺫ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ع‪ :27‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺽ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻏﻀﺒﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺸﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺴﺩﻭﻡ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﺤﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﻗﺩﻴﻤ ﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪274‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :28‬ﺤﺎﺸﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺴﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ ﺒﻴﺩﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻡ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺭﻴﺽ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻹﺴﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻁﺒﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺀﺕ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺒﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺜل ﺇﺼﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎﻩ ﺒﺄﻤﺭﺍﺽ ﻜﺎﻟﺯﻫﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﺩﺯ ﻭﺴﺭﻁﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻭﻡ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ؟‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﺜﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺩﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻴﺘﻭﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺒﻪ ﻴﺘﻠﺫﺫ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻨﺎﺴﻴﺎ ﺁﻻﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺌل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺘﺠﺭ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺇﺜﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :30‬ﻨﻤﺎﻤﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﺀ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻔﺘﺭﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺫﺏ ﻋﻼﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺜﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺩﻋﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﺴﺒﻭﻥ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺘﺩﻋﻴﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﺭﺍ‪ :‬ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺨﺘﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﺎ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻁﺎﺌﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺫﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :31‬ﺒﻼ ﻋﻬﺩ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﻭﺩﻩ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﺫﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺠﻬﻼﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :32‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﺒل ﺘﺤﺩﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺒﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﻤﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺌﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪275‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﹰﺎ ﻟﺭﺠﻭﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻭﺜﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺇﺤﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺫﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﻴﺭ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺤﺭﻴﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻗﺩ ﻭﻀﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺴﻴﻁﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼل ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻹﻟﻬﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺭﺭﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺼل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻀﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺨﺘﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺒﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻅﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺸﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺒﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻅﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪276‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬إدانة اآلخرين )ع ‪:( 3-1‬‬ ‫ﺴﻚَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻜﹸﻢُ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻰ ﻣَﺎ َﺗﺪِﻳ ُﻦ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮﻙَ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻋُ ﹾﺬ ﹴﺭ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳﺪِﻳﻦُ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫‪ِ1‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ﹶﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪ِ ،‬ﻫ َﻰ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ َﺭ ﹺﺑ َﻌ ْﻴﹺﻨﻬَﺎ! ‪َ 2‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗﺪِﻳﻦُ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻞﹸ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫َﻷﻧﱠﻚَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺗﻔﹾ َﻌﻠﹸﻬَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫ ِﺬﻩِ‪3 .‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓَﺘﻈﹸﻦﱡ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗﺪِﻳ ُﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫ ِﺬﻩِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﺗ ْﻨﺠُﻮ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ؟‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻹﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺒﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺸﺭﻭﺭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻜﻡ ﻭﻜﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺴﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺴﻘﻭﻁﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻟﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﻅﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﻀﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻨﺏ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻗﺎ ﹴ‬

‫ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺘﻤﺱ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻴﺤﺫﺭﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﺴﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﺤﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻴﻭﻤ ﹰﺎ‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻀﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺼﺭﻴﺤﺔ "ﺃﻨﺕ ﺒﻼ ﻋﺫﺭ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻨﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﻴﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻤﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻀﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺸﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ‪ ،‬ﻤﺩﺭﻜﹰﺎ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻜل‬

‫ﺸﺨﺹ ﻭﻫل ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺼﺩ ﺃﻡ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻀﻌﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪277‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ "ﺍﻹﺴﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻰ"‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﺨﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻨﺏ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻥ ﺃﻨﻙ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻬل ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺴﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻟﻴﺸﺘﻬﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺯﻨﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﻬﺎﺽ ﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺘل‪ .‬ﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻗﺘل ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻯ ﻟﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﻴﻨﻪ ﻷﻨﻙ ﺘﺸﻭﻩ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻀﻰ ﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺌﻕ ﻴﻭﻤﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻪ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻨﺠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺃﻴﺕ ﺃﺨﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﻗﻁﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗل ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﻭﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺩﺍﹰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬دينونة ﷲ )ع ‪:( 11-4‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻤَﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻘﺘَﺎﺩُ َﻙ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠـﻮْﺑَﺔِ؟‬ ‫ﻒﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪4‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ َﺗﺴَْﺘ ﹺﻬﲔُ ﹺﺑ ِﻐﻨَﻰ ﻟﹸ ﹾﻄ ِﻔ ِﻪ َﻭﹺﺇ ْﻣﻬَﺎِﻟ ِﻪ َﻭﻃﹸﻮ ﹺﻝ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎِﺗﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻋَﺎِﻟ ﹴﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹸﻟ ﹾﻄـ َ‬

‫ﻼ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﻀﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍ ْﺳِﺘ ْﻌ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀﺒًﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎِﺋﺐﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ﹾﺬ َﺧﺮُ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻭ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﻗﺴَﺎ َﻭِﺗ َ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺒ ﹴﺮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ َﻤ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎِﻟﻪِ‪7 .‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﺩﹶﻟﺔِ‪6 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺳﻴُﺠَﺎﺯﹺﻯ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺏ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻳُﻄﹶﺎ ﹺﻭﻋُﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﺰﱡ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔِ‪َ 8 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺪ ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺮَﺍﻣَ ﹶﺔ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟَﺒﻘﹶﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ﹾﻄ ﹸﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺲ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ‪9 ،‬ﺷِﺪﱠﺓﹲ ﻭَﺿِﻴﻖٌ‪َ ،‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀ ٌ‬ ‫ﻂ َﻭ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺨﹲ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻺﹾﺛﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻳُﻄﹶﺎ ﹺﻭﻋُﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻼﺡَ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﹸﺛﻢﱠ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠ ٌﺪ ﻭَﻛﹶﺮَﺍﻣَﺔﹲ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﺍﹾﻟﻴُﻮﻧَﺎﹺﻧﻰﱢ‪َ 10 .‬ﻭ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻣُﺤَﺎﺑَﺎﺓﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻴُﻮﻧَﺎﻧﹺﻰﱢ‪َ 11 ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻫل ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻟﻁﻑ ﻭﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺘﻬﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﺭﺍﺤﻤﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻴﺨﺘﻔﻰ‬

‫ﺨﻭﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ !!!؟‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻫل ﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻗﺴﻭ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭًﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻴﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻀﻴﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺭﺼﻴﺩ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ؟‬

‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﺘﻐﻠﻭﺍ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﻐﻔﺭﺘﻪ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﺴﻴﻨﺎﻟـﻭﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺒﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ )ﺭﺅ‪.(15-11 :20‬‬ ‫ﻋـﺎﺩ ﹰ‬

‫‪278‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻌﻠﻙ ﻋﻠﻤﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻴﺼﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻀﺎﻴﻘﻭﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﺘﺯﻭل ﺃﺫﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﻙ؟ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺼﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﻠﻨﺔ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻯ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻔﻰ ﻟﻨﻭﺍل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻰ ﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﺎ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ )ﻋﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪) .‬ﻤﺕ ‪2 ،27 :16‬ﻜﻭ ‪ ،10 :5‬ﻴﻊ ‪-17 :2‬‬

‫‪ ،24‬ﺭﺅ ‪.(23 :2‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﻀﺤﹰﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﺍﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺒﻜل ﺼﺒﺭ ﺒﻼ ﻓﺘﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻠل‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻏﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻜل ﺩﻤﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻋﻴﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻜﻠﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻜﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻌﻬﻡ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺭﻩ ﻋﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺃﺫﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺯﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺒل ﻴﻤﻴﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﻘﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ‬

‫ﺴﻴﺠﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﺨﻁ ﻭﻏﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ )ﻻ ﻴﻁﺎﻭﻋﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕ(‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺃﺨﺫﻭﺍ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺌﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺒﻭﺍ ﻭﻨﻤﻭﺍ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﻌﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪279‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺎﺒﻰ ﺃﺤﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻴُﻌﺎﻗﹶﺏ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺸﺭﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴُﻜﺎﻓﺄ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺴﻌﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻜﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺤﻜﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺘﺤﺎﺒﻰ ﻷﻗﺎﺭﺒﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺼﺩﻗﺎﺌﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﺘﻬﺩﻤﺕ ﺯﻴﺠﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻷﻥ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺩل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﺄﺨﻁﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻠﻘﻴﺎ ﺒﻜل ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الضمير والناموس )ع ‪:( 16-12‬‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻳ ْﻬ ِﻠﻚُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻓﹺﺒﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 12‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﺑْﺮَﺍﺭٌ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻳﺪَﺍﻥﹸ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪﻫُﻢُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱُ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺘَﻰ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ َﻌ ِﺔ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﻳَﺒﺮﱠﺭُﻭﻥﹶ‪14 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺱ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺑًﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻬُﻢُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱُ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ ْﻢ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮﺱٌ ﻷَﻧْﻔﹸﺴِﻬﹺﻢﹺ‪15 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻳ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻋ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ َﻬ ُﺆ ﹶﻻﺀِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺤَﺘﺠﱠﺔﹰ‪16 ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ َﻳﺪِﻳ ُﻦ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤﲑُﻫُ ْﻢ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﻜﹶﺎ ُﺭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺸَْﺘ ِﻜَﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢْ‪ ،‬ﺷَﺎ ِﻫﺪًﺍ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺇﹺﻧْﺠﹺﻴﻠِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺳﺮَﺍِﺋ َﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺍُ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩل ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺴﺎﺅل ﺤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻁﻭﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺴﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﺘﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ؟ ﺒل ﻤﺎ ﺫﻨﺏ ﺃﻁﻔﺎل ﻭﻟﺩﻭﺍ ﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺃﻤﻤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭﺒﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ؟‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺒﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﻭﻟﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻁﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻤﺯﻭﺩًﺍ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺨﻼﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯﺍﹰ ﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴُﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺊ ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬

‫ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻴُﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺒﻼ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬

‫"ﻓﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻴﻬﻠﻙ" ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻯ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﺎﻫﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺒﺩﻴﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﻅﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﻔﺫﻭﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪280‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻰ ﻨﻔﺫﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬

‫ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺘﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﺨل ﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻁﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻫﻡ‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺼﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ‬

‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﺒﺭﻫﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺃﻋﻤﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻭﺤﻴﻥ ﺤﺠﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺸﺎﻫﺩﺍ ﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻫﻡ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﺸﺎﻫﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺇﻨﻘﺴﻤﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﺸﺘﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﺤﺘﺞ‬

‫)‪(accuse‬‬

‫)‪(excuse‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺅﻨﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻠﺘﻤﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﻨﺘﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺠﺔ؟‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻤﺔ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺇﻨﺠﻴل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﺕ ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺘﺩﺍﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻁﺒﻘﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺈﺭﺸﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (4‬دينونة اليھود )ع ‪:( 24-17‬‬

‫ﺨﺮُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ‪َ 18‬ﻭَﺗﻌْ ﹺﺮﻑُ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌَﺘﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗُ َﻤﻴﱢﺰُ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﱠﻰ َﻳﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﺗﺘﱠ ِﻜﻞﹸ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﺗﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﺗ َ‬ ‫‪17‬ﻫُﻮَﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻗﹶﺎﺋِﺪٌ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ُﻌ ْﻤﻴَﺎﻥِ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻧُﻮﺭٌ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤَﺘﺨَﺎِﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ ﻣُﺘَﻌَﻠﱢﻤًﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪َ 19 .‬ﻭَﺗِﺜﻖُ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ 21 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺻُﻮ َﺭﺓﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻢ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻸ ﹾﻃﻔﹶﺎﻝﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻸ ﹾﻏﹺﺒﻴَﺎﺀِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُ َﻌﻠﱢ ٌﻢ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫‪َ 20‬ﻭﻣُ َﻬﺬﱢﺏٌ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻚَ؟ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﺯُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﻳُﺴْﺮَﻕَ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗَﺴْﺮﹺﻕُ؟ ‪22‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﺰَﻧﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗُ َﻌﻠﱢﻢُ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺗُ َﻌﻠﱢﻢُ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮﻙَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ْ‬

‫‪281‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺱ ﺗُ ﹺﻬﲔُ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﹺﺑَﺘ َﻌﺪﱢﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﺃَﺗ ْﺰﻧﹺﻰ؟ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗﺴَْﺘﻜﹾ ﹺﺮﻩُ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭﺛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃَﺗﺴْ ﹺﺮﻕُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬﻴَﺎ ِﻛﻞﹶ؟ ‪23‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒﹺﺒﻜﹸﻢْ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺪﱠﻑُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﷲَ؟ ‪َ 24‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﺳ َﻢ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﺴﺨﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻴﻌﻠﱢﻤﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﻔﻌﻠﻭﻥ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻓﺭﺯﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺸﻌﺒﺎ ﻤﺨﺼﺼﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻴﺯﻩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺸﻌﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﺒﺄﺼﺒﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﻭﺒﺦ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﺘﻜﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻬﻡ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯﻫﻡ ﻟﻸﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻗﻀﺎﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺤﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻭﺓ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺼﺭﺕ ﻗﺎﺌﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻼﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﻅﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﻪ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻅﻬﺭﻴﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻴﻬـﻭﺩﻯ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻬﺫﺏ ﻟﻸﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﻌﻠﻡ ﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺠﻬﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺭﺸﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻠﻡ ﻟﻸﻁﻔﺎل‪ :‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺼﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪ :‬ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22-21‬ﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻪ ﺘﺨﺩﻉ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻭﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﺘﺄﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻻﻤﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺘﺩﻋﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻙ‬

‫ﺘﺴﺘﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ ﻭﺴﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬أنت ﺘﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺃﻨﻙ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﺭﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬

‫ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﻬﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﹰﺎ ﻷﻨﻙ ﻻ ﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﻭﺯﻨ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﻼﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪282‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻴﺠﺩﻓﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻨﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﺸﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻜﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻓﺤﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺨﻰ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺜﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻐﻴﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﺃﻨﻙ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل‬ ‫ﻻ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻙ ﺃﻋﻤﻕ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻭﺇﻗﻨﺎﻋﹰﺎ ﻟﺴﺎﻤﻌﻴﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬

‫)‪ (5‬الختان ال يبرر )ع ‪:( 29-25‬‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣَُﺘ َﻌﺪﱢﻳًﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ِﺧﺘَﺎﻧُ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹸ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﻨ ﹶﻔﻊُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﻋ ِﻤ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫‪ 25‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬

‫ﺴﺐُ ﻏﹸ ْﺮﹶﻟﺘُﻪُ ِﺧﺘَﺎﻧًﺎ؟ ‪َ 27‬ﻭَﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ ْﺮﹶﻟﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻔﻆﹸ ﺃﹶﺣْﻜﹶﺎﻡَ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻤَﺎ ﺗُ ْ‬ ‫ﻏﹸ ْﺮﹶﻟﺔﹰ! ‪26‬ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏ َﺮﻝﹸ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ـﻮﺱَ؟‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ َﺗَﺘ َﻌـﺪﱠﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣ ُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ َﻌ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺗُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱَ‪َ ،‬ﺗﺪِﻳﻨُ َ‬

‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎ ِﻫ ﹺﺮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻢ ِﺧﺘَﺎﻧًﺎ‪َ29 ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻳﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 28‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱠ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎ ِﻫ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻣ ْﺪﺣُﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹶﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﻔﹶﺎ ِﺀ ُﻫ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱡ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﺧﺘَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱡ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﷲِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺼﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺯﻉ ﻟﺤﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻟﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺜﺎﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﻻﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺒﻭﻨﺎ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻜل ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺠﺴﺩﻫﻡ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﻫﻡ ﻜﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻥ ﺸﻌﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻴﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻭﻨﻪ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺘﺒﺭﺭﻫﻡ؛ ﻓﺼﺤﺢ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :25‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤل ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻏﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻤﻨﻔﺫ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻤﻤﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﺯل )ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﺘﻥ(‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :26‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺭل ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻘ ﹰﺎ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺘﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪283‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :27‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﺭل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺒﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻩ ﺩﻴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺘﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﺫﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :28‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ؟ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﺩﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ )ﻤﺩﺡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺊ ﻴﻤﺩﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ؟ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :29‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺩﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻤﻨﺯﻭﻉ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺜﻡ ﺒﺴﻜﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻭﻥ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻤﺩﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺩﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻤﺩﺤﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻟﺘﻘﺘﺭﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺘﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻤﺼﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺒﻠﺩﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺯﺍﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻨﻅﺭ ﻫل ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺏ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ؟؟‬

‫‪284‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻮﺱ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ما ھى فائدة الختان؟ )ع ‪:(4-1‬‬ ‫ﻸﻧﱠﻬُﻢُ‬ ‫ﲑ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻭ ْﺟﻪٍ! ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎﻥِ؟ ‪ 2‬ﹶﻛِﺜ ٌ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹸ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻧ ﹾﻔﻊُ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ؟‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺳﺘُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﻮَﺍ ﹺﻝ ﺍﷲِ‪ 3 .‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﺃﹸ َﻣﻨَﺎﺀَ؟ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ َﻌﻞﱠ َﻋ َﺪ َﻡ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎَﻧِﺘ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﺒ ِﻄﻞﹸ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎَﻧ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬

‫‪4‬ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻟِﻴﻜﹸ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻭَﺗﻐْ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺻَﺎﺩِﻗﹰﺎ َﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ِﺫﺑًﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪ِ» :‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗَﺘَﺒﺮﱠ َﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻣﺘَﻰ ﺣُﻮ ِﻛ ْﻤﺖَ‪«.‬‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺒﺘﺴﺎﺅل‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﻤﻭﺴﻰ؟‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺴﺘﺄﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺭﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺒﻁل ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻴﺏ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻰ ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻕ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﺸﻜﻜﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺏ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )‪ ،(4 :51‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻔﺤﺹ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﻜﺘﺸﻑ ﻗﻭﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻭ ﻓﺤﺹ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻜﺘﺸﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺤﻕ ﻭﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﻜل ﺤﺠﺞ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪285‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻨﻙ ﻤﺨﻠﻭﻕ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻔﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺨﻀﻭﻋﻙ ﻟﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻴﻜﺸﻑ ﻟﻙ ﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺃﻤﻭﺭﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ھل فعل الشر يمجد ﷲ؟؟ )ع ‪:(8-5‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻇﹶﺎِﻟﻢٌ؟ ﹶﺃَﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ‬ ‫ﻀ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﻠﺐُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻧَﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻞﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﹾﺛ ُﻤﻨَﺎ ﻳَُﺒﻴﱢﻦُ ﹺﺑﺮﱠ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﷲ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﺯﺩَﺍ َﺩ ﺑﹺﻜﹶﺬِﺑﹺﻰ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺪﻕُ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ َﻢ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺫﹶﺍﻙَ؟ ‪ 7‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳﺪِﻳ ُﻦ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ‪6 ،‬ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َ‬

‫ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ِﻩ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ِﻠﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹸﺃﺩَﺍ ﹸﻥ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﹶﻛﺨَﺎ ِﻃﺊٍ؟ ‪8‬ﹶﺃ َﻣﺎ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ُﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘﺮَﻯ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻛﹶﻤَﺎ َﻳ ْﺰﻋُﻢُ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ِ» :‬ﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ َﻌ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺗَﺄﹾﺗِﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺨَﻴْﺮَﺍﺕُ‪ «.‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧﺘُﻬُ ْﻢ ﻋَﺎ ِﺩﹶﻟﺔﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻴﱢﺂ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻨﻜﺭ ﻗﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﻼﻋﺒﻭﻥ ﺒﻔﻜﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻴﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺼﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺽ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻤﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺜﻡ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ "ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻜﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻅﺎﻟﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﻨﺎ ﺒﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺒﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻨﺎ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﺓ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩل ﻅﺎﻟﻤﺎﹰ؟‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻜﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻪ "ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺫﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺨﻁﺄﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻤﺠﺩﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻅﻡ ﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ"‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃُﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻜﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ؟‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﻔﺘﺭﻯ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻨﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﺴﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻟﻨﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺭﺤﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻀﻴﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻨﺴﺒﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﻭ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺄﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺒﻴﺢ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻹﺜﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﻟﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪286‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺱ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺩﻋﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﺏ ﺍﻷﺨﻼﻗﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰﹴ‪ .‬ﻓﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺠﺩﺭ ﺒﻙ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺘﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﻴﻤﺠﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬خطايا اليھود قبل المسيح )ع ‪:(20-9‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹸ؟ ﹶﻛﻼﱠ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺘﱠﺔﹶ! َﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺷ ﹶﻜ ْﻮﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ َﺩ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻴُﻮﻧَﺎﹺﻧﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؟ ﹶﺃَﻧ ْ‬

‫ﺐ ﺍﷲَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻄﻠﹸـ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻬﻢُ‪ .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑَﺎﺭﱞ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ‪11 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ 10 ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺮﺗُﻬُ ْﻢ ﻗﹶﺒْﺮٌ ﻣَﻔﹾﺘُﻮﺡٌ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ‪َ 13 .‬ﺣ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ ﺻَﻼﹶﺣًﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺪُﻭﺍ َﻣﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺯَﺍﻏﹸﻮﺍ َﻭ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫‪12‬ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻝ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺻﹶ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨِﺘ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻣ ﹶﻜﺮُﻭﺍ‪ِ .‬ﺳﻢﱡ ﺍ َﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﺷﻔﹶﺎ ِﻫ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ 14 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻓﻤُﻬُ ْﻢ ﻣَﻤْﻠﹸﻮﺀٌ ﹶﻟ ْﻌَﻨ ﹰﺔ َﻭ َﻣﺮَﺍ َﺭﺓﹰ‪15 .‬ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻠﹸﻬُ ْﻢ ﺳَﺮﹺﻳﻌَﺔﹲ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﹶﺄﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺧ ْﻮﻑُ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮﻩُ‪18 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﻡﹺ‪16 .‬ﻓِﻰ ﻃﹸﺮُ ِﻗ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻏﹾﺘِﺼَﺎﺏٌ َﻭﺳُﺤْﻖٌ‪َ 17 ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻃﺮﹺﻳ ُﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺳ ﹾﻔ ِ‬

‫ﺴَﺘﺪﱠ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﻳُ ﹶﻜﻠﱢﻢُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻣَﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﹸﻟ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ ُﻋﻴُﻮﹺﻧ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪َ 19 «.‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺹ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍﺪ ﹶﻻ َﻳَﺘَﺒﺮﱠﺭُ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺫِﻯ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ‪َ 20‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻗﺼَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﹶﻓ ﹴﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ِ‬

‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺱ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻣﻪُ؛ َﻷﻥﱠ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﺃﻤﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻴﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﺎﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺫﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﻓﻰ )ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺡ ‪ (2 ،1‬ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﺃﺨﻁﺄﻭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪" :10‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ"‪ :‬ﻓﻜل ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ )‪ (10‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ )‪ (19‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﺼﻑ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﺘﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺩﻟل ﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺃﻏﺎﻅ ﺍﷲ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺂﻴﺔ "ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺼﻼﺤﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﺤـﺩ" )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(3 :14‬ﻓﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺅﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻗﺎل ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﻜﺄﻟﻴﺼﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻜﺭﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻴﻤﻭﺘﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﺫﻫﺒﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﺏ ﻭﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺩﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪.‬‬ ‫‪287‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺯ )‪ ،(2 :53‬ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺤﻔﻅﻭﺍ ﺁﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺒﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺯﺍﻏﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻨﺤﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪ (3 :14‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻗﺩ ﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻨﺘﺸﺭﺓ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ؛ ﻻ ﺘﻨﺴﺎﻕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﺠل ﺴﻘﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺭﺘﻜﺎﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﻷﺼﻼل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﻌﺎﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪ (9 :5‬ﺃﻥ ﻓﻡ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﻁﻕ ﺒﻤﺅﺍﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻭﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺒﺒﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻗﺘل ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻜﺎﻟﺜﻌﺎﺒﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻤﻜﺭ ﻭﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺼﺩﻗﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺤﻤل‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻤﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﺴﺄل ﻨﻔﺴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻫل ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻙ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﺫﻯ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﻡ؟‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(7 :10‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﺘﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﺫﻤﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺤﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻅﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻐﺩﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :17-15‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ )ﺇﺵ ‪ (8 ،7 :59‬ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺘل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘﻔﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻻﻏﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﺃﻯ ﺴﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒل ﻋﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺤﻘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻁﻴﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺁﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺘل ﻨﺎﺒﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺯﺭﻋﻴﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻐﺘﺼﺏ ﺤﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩﻭﺍ ﺴﻼﻤﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ "ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻟﻸﺸﺭﺍﺭ" )ﺇﺵ‪.(22 :48‬‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )‪ (1 :36‬ﻋﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻀﻌﻭﺍ ﺨﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﺼﻨﻌﻭﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻗﺼﺎﺹ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪288‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺒﺩﻴﻬﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺼﻤﺕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﺤﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺒﻔﻤﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺒﺸﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺒﻼ ﺩﻴﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻴﺭﺩﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﺠﺩ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺭ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻘﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬التبرير بنعمة ﷲ )ع ‪:(31-21‬‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻭَﺍ َﻷْﻧﹺﺒﻴَﺎ ِﺀ‪22 ،‬ﹺﺑﺮﱡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺸْﻬُﻮﺩًﺍ ﹶﻟﻪُ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 21‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﹶﻇ َﻬ َﺮ ﹺﺑﺮﱡ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﺄﹸﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻕ‪23 ،‬ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﻭَﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻳ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮﻥﹶ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ﹶﻓ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬

‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺢ‪25 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻗﺪﱠ َﻣﻪُ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ‪24 ،‬ﻣُﺘَﺒَﺮﱢﺭﹺﻳﻦَ ﻣَﺠﱠﺎﻧًﺎ ﹺﺑﹺﻨ ْﻌ َﻤِﺘ ِﻪ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِﻔﺪَﺍ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃﻋْ َﻮ َﺯﻫُﻢْ َﻣ ْ‬

‫ﷲ‪ِ 26 ،‬ﻹ ﹾﻇﻬَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹺﺑﺮﱢ ِﻩ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎِﻟ ﹶﻔ ِﺔ ﹺﺑﹺﺈ ْﻣﻬَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻔﱠﺎ َﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ِﻣ ِﻪ‪ِ ،‬ﻹ ﹾﻇﻬَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹺﺑﺮﱢ ِﻩ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹾﻔ ﹺ‬

‫ﺿ ﹺﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺑَﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ َﻭﻳَُﺒﺮﱢ َﺭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ 27 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄْﻳ َﻦ ﺍﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎﺭُ؟ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍْﻧَﺘﻔﹶﻰ! ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻯﱢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻣَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬

‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳَﺘَﺒﺮﱠﺭُ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪28 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎﻝﹺ؟ ﹶﻛﻼﱠ! َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹴ؟ ﹶﺃﹺﺑﻨَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ‪ ،‬ﻫُ َﻮ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟﻸُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ؟ َﺑﻠﹶﻰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻸُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ؟ ‪َ 30‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻟ ﹾﻠَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ؟ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋْﻤَﺎﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪29 .‬ﹶﺃ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻧُﹶﺜﺒﱢﺖُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻐُ ْﺮﹶﻟ ﹶﺔ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪31 .‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓﻨُ ْﺒ ِﻄﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺳﻴَُﺒﺮﱢﺭُ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺭﺃﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤـﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤـﻰ ﻟﻠﺒﺸـﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻤﻤﻜﻨ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻜﺎﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻤﻭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺘﻜﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻓﺭﺍﺌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻘﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻤﻬﺩ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻜل ﻨﻔﺱ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﻤﻰ ﻻ ﻓﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪289‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻭﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻜﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺸﺩ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻭﺯ ﻟﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜل ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻨﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﻤﺠﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﻔﺩﺍﺌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :25‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﺜﺭ ﺭﺠﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻔﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻨﺘﻅﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :26‬ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﺯل ﻫﻰ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺼﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ‬

‫ﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﺯل ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﺒﺭﺭ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :28-27‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺈﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺒﺭﺭﻩ ﺒل ﻗﺩ‬

‫ﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :29‬ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :30‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩل ﻫﻭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻟﻠﻜل‪ ،‬ﻴﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺭل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :31‬ﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺒﻁل ﻭﻻ ﻴﻠﻐﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻤﻤﻬﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺘﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﺭﺓ ﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺜﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﺭﺭﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼﻌﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺘﻙ ﻭﺴﻌﻴﻙ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻜﺎﺌﻙ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻗﻼﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻤل ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺴﻌﻙ ﻓﺘﻨﺎل ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪290‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻳﺘﺒﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬إبراھيم تبرر بإيمانه )ع‪:( 8-1‬‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ؟ ‪َ 2‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢُ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗَﺒﺮﱠ َﺭ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻧﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﹶﺃﺑَﺎﻧَﺎ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻭ َﺟ َﺪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟﻪُ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ ﺍﷲِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎﺏُ؟ »ﻓﹶﺂ َﻣ َﻦ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴﻢُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺤُ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻪُ ﻓﹶﺨْﺮٌ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺗُ ْ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪4 «.‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻷُ ْﺟ َﺮﺓﹸ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺳﺒﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﻧﹺﻌْﻤَﺔ ٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺳﺒﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ َﺩْﻳﻦﹴ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹺﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺩَﺍ ُﻭ ُﺩ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻄﻮﹺﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳَُﺒﺮﱢﺭُ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎ ﹺﺟ َﺮ ﹶﻓﹺﺈﳝَﺎُﻧ ُﻪ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺁﺛﹶﺎ ُﻣ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﺳُِﺘ َﺮﺕْ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻫُـﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎﻝﹴ‪»7 :‬ﻃﹸﻮﺑَﻰ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻏﹸ ِﻔ َﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹰ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫‪8‬ﻃﹸﻮﺑَﻰ ﻟِﻠﺮﱠﺟُ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺩﻟﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺨﻼل ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﻜﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺒل ﻭﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﺴﺎﺒﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﺠﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺒﻔﻜﺭ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺸﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻭﺠﺩ‪ :‬ﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺭ ﻭﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻤﺎ ﺠﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫل ﺤﺼل ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭ؟‪ ..‬ﻜﻼ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺠﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3-2‬ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﺭﺭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻹﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺒﺭﺭﻩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪291‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺒﺭﺭﻩ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺁﻤﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺤﺴﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻨﺴﻴﻨﺎ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ؛ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ "ﺃﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺃﺒﻭﻨﺎ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺩﻡ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺒﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻋﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺃﻜﻤل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ" )ﻴﻊ‪.(23-21 :2‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻤل‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﺒﺔ ﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﻭﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﺘﻌﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﺄﺠﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻜﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ )ﻉ‪ ،(1‬ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻤﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺃﺠﺭﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻤل ﺃﺠﻴﺭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺴﻴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺄﺠﺭﻩ ﻨﻅﻴﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺒﻼ ﺃﻯ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻅل ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺎ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﻤﻭﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻻ ﻨﺴﻜﻴﻪ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺠﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺄﺠﺭﺓ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻤل ﻜل ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻤﻔﺘﺨﺭﺍ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻜﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺎﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺴﺎﻗﻁﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺒﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻼ ﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻘﻭل "ﻤﺘﻰ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻡ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺭﺘﻡ ﺒﻪ‬

‫ﻓﻘﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﺒﻴﺩ ﺒﻁﺎﻟﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ" )ﻟﻭ‪ ،(10 :17‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﺯﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻻ ﻴﻌﻤل ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻴﺘﻜل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﷲ ﻤﺜل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪292‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻴﺅﻤﻥ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺠﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺭﺍ‪ :‬ﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻴﻨﺎل ﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻏﺎﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻋﺠﺯﺕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﺴﺤﻕ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺘﺭﻓﺎ ﺒﺄﺨﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻠﺘﻤﺱ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺫﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻁﺭﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺴﻴﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺜﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺯﻉ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻤل‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺎﺕ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻴﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻁﻭﺒﻰ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﺒﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻻ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻰ )ﺹ‪ ،(6 :2‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻟﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻤل ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻅل ﻅﺭﻭﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﻘﻴﺩ ﻤﻌﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺒﻼ ﺤﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺼل ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻭﺜﻨﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻟﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻋﻤﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺎﻫﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻜﺎﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒل ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻭﺘﻭﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻬﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻟﻔﻌل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻡ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻭﺭ )‪ (1 :32‬ﺒﺴﻌـﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻔﺭﺕ ﺁﺜﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﺴﺘﺭﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‬ ‫ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻁﻭﺒﻰ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ )ﻤﺯ‪ ،(2 :32‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻨﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺘﻅل ﺠﺭﺍﺌﻤﻪ ﺘﻼﺤﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺠﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﺴﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺘﻪ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪293‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻜﻡ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﻭﺍﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﻜﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻴﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺘﻌﺘﻨﻰ ﺒﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﻜل ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺘﺄﻤل ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬إبراھيم تبرر قبل الختان )ع‪:(12-9‬‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻹْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻂ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ ْﺮﹶﻟ ِﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ؟ ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ ﺣُ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫‪9‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻄﻮﹺﻳ ُ‬ ‫ـﺔِ!‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُﺮْﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻐ ْﺮﹶﻟﺔِ؟ ﹶﻟ ْﻴـ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺣُﺴِﺐَ؟ ﹶﺃ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﹺﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ 10 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻳ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ َﺧ ْﺘﻤًﺎ ِﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ ْﺮﹶﻟ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﺑًﺎ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 11‬ﻭﹶﺃ َﺧ ﹶﺬ َﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴﺴُﻮﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱡ‪َ 12 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﺑًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ ْﺮﹶﻟ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻰ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﺃﺑﹺﻴﻨَﺎ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ ْﺮﹶﻟﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻠﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺧُﻄﹸﻮﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‪ ،‬ﻫل ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ( ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻟﺔ‬ ‫)ﺍﻷﻤﻡ( ﺃﻴﻀﺎ؟ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻻﺜﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﺘﺫﻜﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻴﺔ ﺠﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻟﺔ ﻗﺒل‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺘﺘﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 14‬ﻋﺎﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 430‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺜﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻜﻌﻼﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺴﺒﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺃﺒﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﺘﺘﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺘﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ( ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺘﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻤﻤﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺘﺘﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪294‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻌل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻻ ﻨﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻅﻬﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺨﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻨﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﺄﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻻﺒﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻠﺏ ﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺏ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻜﺘﻘﺩﻤﻪ ﺤﺏ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اإليمان شرط لنوال البر )ع‪:(17-13‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻭَﺍﺭﹺﺛﹰﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑﹺﺒﺮﱢ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋ ُﺪ ِﻹْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ِﻟَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺭﹶﺛ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ َﺗ َﻌﻄﱠ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ﹸﻥ َﻭَﺑ ﹶﻄ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋﺪُ! ‪َ 15‬ﻷﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻹِﻳـﻤَﺎﻥِ‪َ 14.‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻪ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺗ َﻌﺪﱟ‪16 .‬ﻟِﻬَﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻛﹶﻰ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮﺱٌ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺊﹸ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻳُ ْﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻞﹺ‪ .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْ‬ ‫َﺳﺒﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋ ُﺪ َﻭﻃِﻴﺪًﺍ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲑﺓٍ‪ «.‬ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺃﹶﺑًﺎ ﻷ َﻣ ﹴﻢ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ِﻌﻨَﺎ‪ 17 .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺟ َﻌﻠﹾﺘُ َ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺃﹶﺏٌ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﹺﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﻮْﺗَﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ْﺪﻋُﻮ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺟُﻮ َﺩ ِﺓ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻬَﺎ َﻣ ْﻮﺟُﻮ َﺩﺓﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺁ َﻣ َﻦ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺍِ‬ ‫ع‪ :14-13‬ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﻔﺘﺢ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺒﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺴﺒﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻗﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺒﻁل ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ )ﺤﺎﺸﺎ(‪" -‬ﻭﻴﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﺴﻠﻙ )ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ( ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻤًﺎ‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺤﺎﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﺤﻜﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﻨﺠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ؟‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﻜﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﻨﻭﺍل ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻋﻔﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻥ ﺁﺜﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻜﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺜﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﻴﺭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻜﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻜﺒﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪295‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎل ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﻨﻰ ﻗﺩ ﺠﻌﻠﺘﻙ ﺃﺒﹰﺎ ﻷﻤﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻩ‬

‫ﺃﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪) -1‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺘﻰ( ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺫﺒﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻴﻘﻨﹰﺎ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﻌﻴﺩ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪) -2‬ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ( ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻨﺴل‬ ‫)ﺇﺴﺤﻕ( ﺤﺘﻰ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﻟﺩ ﻭﻴﻭﺠﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻭل ﻀﻌﻔﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺴﻘﻁﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻴﺴﺎﻤﺤﻙ ﻭﻴﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻙ ﺴﻴﺩﻓﻌﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﻁل ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬كل شئ مستطاع لدى المؤمن )ع‪:(25-18‬‬ ‫ﲑ ٍﺓ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻗِﻴﻞﹶ‪» :‬ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹶﺃًﺑﺎ ﻷ َﻣ ﹴﻢ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ‪ ،‬ﺁ َﻣ َﻦ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ِ‬ ‫‪ 18‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ‪َ ،‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ِﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺪﻩُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ُﻣﻤَﺎﺗًﺎ ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍْﺑ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺿﻌِﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻌَﺘﹺﺒ ْﺮ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹸﻚَ‪َ 19 «.‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ َ‬ ‫َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻓِﻰ َﻭ ْﻋ ِﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺳَﺎ َﺭﺓﹶ‪َ 20 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹺﺑ َﻌ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎ ٍﻥ ﺍ ْﺭﺗَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻮ ِﻣﹶﺌ ِﺔ َﺳَﻨ ٍﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻣﻤَﺎِﺗﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻣُﺴَْﺘﻮْ َﺩ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺗ ﹶﻘﻮﱠﻯ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹺﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣُ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺪًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪َ 21 .‬ﻭَﺗَﻴﻘﱠ َﻦ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻣَﺎ َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻗـﺎﺩِﺭٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻔﹾ َﻌ ﹶﻠﻪُ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪ِ22 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ُﻣ ْﻌ ِﻄﻴًﺎ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﺳﻴُ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪َ24 ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ِﻪ َﻭ ْﺣ َﺪﻩُ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ُﻪ ﺣُ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 23‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ﹾﻜَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺭَﺑﱠﻨَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﻧُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺕ‪25 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺃﹸ ْﺳ ِﻠ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹸﺃﻗِﻴ َﻢ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺗ ْﺒﺮﹺﻳ ﹺﺮﻧَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻅﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻅﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﺒﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﷲ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻜﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻭﻨﺠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪296‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻁ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ع‪ :21-19‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻗﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌ ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻘﻭل‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﺭﺠل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺠﺏ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺸﻴﺨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻤﺎﺘﻴﻪ )ﻤﻭﺕ( ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺩﻉ ﺴﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫)ﺭﺤﻡ ﺴﺎﺭﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ‬

‫ﻴﺸﻙ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺼﺩﻗﻪ ﻭﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺸﻜﺭﺍﹰ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺼﺩﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻀﻁﺭﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺄﺨﺭﺕ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩﻩ ﻭﻻ‬

‫ﺘﺘﺸﻜﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺁﺘﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺘﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﻴﻌﻭﻕ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻤﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺜﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺨﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :25-22‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﻟﻴﺭﻭﻯ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻭﺫﺍ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻙ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻘﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﺴﻠﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﻟﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺤﺎﺭﺒﻙ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻭﺴﻘﻁﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﺒل ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﻐﻔﺭ‬

‫ﻟﻙ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺼل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻟﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻙ ﻟﺘﻌﻭﺽ ﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺘﻙ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪297‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺛﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ثمار بر المسيح )ع‪:( 5-1‬‬ ‫ﺢ‪2 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑ َﺮﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗَﺒﺮﱠ ْﺭﻧَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﷲِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺭﺟَﺎ ِﺀ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ ﻣُﻘِﻴﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱡﺧُﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﺊﹸ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻀﱢﻴ َﻖ ﻳُ ْﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﱢﻴﻘﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻧﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺒﺮًﺍ‪4 ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒﺮُ َﺗ ْﺰ ِﻛَﻴ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﺰ ِﻛَﻴﺔﹸ َﺭﺟَﺎ ًﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﻌْﻄﹶﻰ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﺪُ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑﻨَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻜَﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺰﹺﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻣ َ‬ ‫‪5‬ﻭَﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ُﺀ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩﺀ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺴﻼﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﺘﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ َﻌﻤَﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﺒﻭﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ "ﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل"‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺼﺎﺭ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻭ ﻟﻠﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻅﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ )ﻨﺤﻥ ﻤﻘﻴﻤﻭﻥ( ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻨﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﻭﻨﻔﺭﺡ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻨﻨﺘﻅﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺩﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺇﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﻠﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻓﺨﺭ ﻭﻤﺠﺩ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺘﺩﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪298‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :5-4‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺒﺭ ﻴﺘﺫﻜﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺸﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺭﺠﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺨﻴﺏ ﻅﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺤﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻨﺨﺸﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻥ ﻴﺼﻴﺒﻙ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﺨﻴﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻤﺠﺩﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬المسيح البار فادى الخطاة )ع‪:(11-6‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﻬ ِﺪ َﻳﻤُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ َﻌﻴﱠ ﹺﻦ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔﺠﱠﺎﺭﹺ‪ 7 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻌﻔﹶﺎ َﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 6‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠَﺘﻪُ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺑﻴﱠ َﻦ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺴُﺮُ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻤُﻮﺕَ‪َ 8 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺑَﺎﺭﱟ‪ُ .‬ﺭﺑﱠﻤَﺎ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ‪ 9 .‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﺧُﻄﹶﺎﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺐﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﺺُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ُﻣَﺘَﺒﺮﱢﺭُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ َﺪ ِﻣ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﺺُ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﻣُﺼَﺎﹶﻟﺤُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍْﺑﹺﻨ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒﹺﺎﻷَﻭْﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻨَﺎ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺃﹶﻋْﺪَﺍﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻُﻮِﻟ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 10‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﻭَﻧ ْ‬

‫ﺤﺔﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﻧ ﹾﻠﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﺼَﺎﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹺﺑ َﺮﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻧﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎِﺗﻪِ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻗﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﻨﺎ ﺤﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻀﻌﻔﻨﺎ ﺘﻤﺎﺩﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻰ ﻭﻤﻐﻔﻭﺭﺓ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﻰ ﻭﻴﻌﻤل ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻻ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﺩ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻔﻭﻗﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﻴﻀﺤﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻓﺎﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺼﻼﹰ؟!!‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻤﺜﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺜﻠﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪299‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺨﻼﺼﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺎ ﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺴﻴﻜﻤل ﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻔﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ )ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺼل ﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻴﺘﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺼﻠﺤﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻨﻨﺎل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺨﻠﺹ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻴﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﺎﺸﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﻤل ﻜل ﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﹰﺎ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻟﻨﺘﺒﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻶﺏ ﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﺜﺎ ﹰ‬

‫ﻻ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻟﻶﺏ‪ ،‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎ ﹰ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻨﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﻨﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺘﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺒﺭ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬

‫ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﺫﻟﻪ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻠﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻅﺭﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﻨﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﺎﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺨﻰ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺼﻁﻠﺤﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻐل ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻬﺘﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻙ ﻭﺘﺄﻤﻼﺘﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻴﺘﻪ )ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻙ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻙ ﻁﻤﻭﺡ ﻤﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬خطية آدم وبر المسيح )ع‪:(21-12‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧﱠﻤَﺎ ﹺﺑﹺﺈْﻧﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ َﺩ َﺧ ﹶﻠ ِ‬ ‫‪ِ 12‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢﹺ‪ .‬ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊُ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺟﺘَﺎ َﺯ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺁ َﺩ َﻡ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮﺱٌ‪14 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻣ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﹶﻻ ُﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻛﹶﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﺌﹸﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ِﺷ ْﺒ ِﻪ َﺗ َﻌﺪﱢﻯ ﺁ َﺩ َﻡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻣﺜﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻵﺗِﻰ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫‪300‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜﲑُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺﻬَﺒﺔﹸ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻜِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ 16 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﺯﺩَﺍ َﺩ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ِﺪ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﲑ ٍﺓ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠﺒْﺮﹺﻳﺮﹺ‪َ 17 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾﻜ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﻟِﻠﺪﱠْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺﻬَﺒﺔﹸ ﹶﻓ ِﻤ ْﻦ َﺟﺮﱠﻯ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫َﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬

‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ِﺪ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﻣ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ َﻭ َﻋ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪َ ،‬ﺳَﻴ ْﻤ ِﻠﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳﻨَﺎﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻓ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺱ ﻟِﻠﺪﱠْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾﻜ ُﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪18 .‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ِﺪ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺼَﻴ ِﺔ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎﺓِ‪َ 19 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ ِﻟَﺘ ْﺒﺮﹺﻳ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺﻬَﺒﺔﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﹺﺑﹺﺒﺮﱟ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ِ‬

‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﺪ َﺧ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻌﻞﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜﲑُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﺑﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ‪َ 20 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺟُ ِﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜﲑُﻭ ﹶﻥ ُﺧﻄﹶﺎ ﹰﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﹺﺑﹺﺈﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻮَﺍ ِﺣ ِﺪ َﺳﻴُ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯْﺩَﺍﺩَﺕِ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪21 .‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻣ ﹶﻠ ﹶﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪َ ،‬ﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ ﹶﻛﺜﹸ َﺮ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻜﺜﹸ َﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠ ِﺔ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ َﺗ ْﻤ ِﻠﻚُ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺒﺄﻜﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺠﺭﺓ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎﻥ ﺒﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ "ﻴﻭﻡ ﺘﺄﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻭﺘﹰﺎ ﺘﻤﻭﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻷﻭل ﻤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‬

‫ﻤﺠﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻨﺎل ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺙ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻟﺫﺭﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺠﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻜﺄﺠﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺫ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻰ ﺘﻘﻭل "ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﺨﻁﺌﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ" ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺼُﻠﺏ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻁﺌﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﻋﺒﺩ ﺘﺯﻭﺝ‬ ‫ﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻻ ﲢﺴﺐ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺠﺭﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﺠﻰﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﻟﻴل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻜﻘﺎﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺃﻫل ﺴﺩﻭﻡ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻅﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻨﺯل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ( ﺒﻌﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﺤﺎﺴﺒﻬﻡ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺒﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺼﻭﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺸﺒﻪ ﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﻨﻔﺱ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﺃﻗل‪.‬‬ ‫‪301‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﻁﺌﻭﺍ ﻤﺜل ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻙ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‬

‫ﺘﺘﺴﺎﺀل‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺫﻨﺏ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺜل ﻨﻭﺡ ﻭﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺭﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ؟‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻁﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩل ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺼﺤﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﺒﻤﺠﻰﺀ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺜل ﺁﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺂﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺃﻭﺭﺜﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻭﺭﺜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ )‪ (19 – 15‬ﺴﻴﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺨﻼﺼﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺠﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ( ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺒﺂﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺠﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ "ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل"‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺴﺭﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺘﺒﺭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺘﻤﻸ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺎﺌﻀﺔ ﻭﻤﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻭﺭﺙ ﺨﻁﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻤﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻠﺒﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺘﻬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺤﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻬﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻭﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺘﻬﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪302‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺩﺨﻴل ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻨﺘﺏ ﻭﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻭﺍﺼل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻤﻠﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺩﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ؟‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺠﺎﺀ )ﻟﺘﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ( ﺃﻯ ﺘﺘﻀﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺒﻁل ﺤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ‬

‫ﻼ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻼ ﺃﻯ ﺜﻐﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ )ﺹ‪ .(13 :5‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺤﺎﻤ ﹰ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺤﺠﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺭﺁﺓ ﻜﺸﻔﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻜﺜﺭﺕ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺸﻜﺎل ﻭﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻜﺜﺭﺕ ﻭﻓﺎﻗﺕ ﻭﻓﺎﻀﺕ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻐﻔﺭ ﻭﺘﻤﺤﻭ ﻜل ﺇﺜﻡ‬

‫ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻅﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺘﺤﺎﻭل ﺇﺒﻌﺎﺩﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻀﻁﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﻫﺭﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺴﺎﻨﺩﻙ ﻭﺘﺤﻔﻅﻙ ﺒﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﻁﺊ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺏ ﻭﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺘﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﺘﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺤﺯﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺠﻠﺒﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺸﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻜل ﺁﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﺒﻼ ﺫﻨﺏ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻨﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺴﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺴﺘﻨﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪303‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬دور المعمودية فى التبرير )ع‪:( 10-1‬‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﻣُ ْﺘﻨَﺎ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻜﺜﹸ َﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ؟ ‪2‬ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻧﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟ ﹶﺃَﻧ ْﺒﻘﹶﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﻋَﺘ َﻤ ْﺪﻧَﺎ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻮِﺗ ِﻪ‪ 4 ،‬ﹶﻓ ُﺪ ِﻓﻨﱠﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻣ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ْﻋَﺘ َﻤ َﺪ ﻟِﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺶ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ِﻓﻴﻬَﺎ؟ ‪3‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫َﻧﻌِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹸﻚُ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﻵ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹸﺃﻗِﻴ َﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻌﻤُﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﲑُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹺﺑ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣِﺘ ِﻪ ‪6‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﺒ ِﻪ َﻣ ْﻮِﺗ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺪِﻳ َﻦ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎﺓِ‪َ 5 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻِﺮْﻧَﺎ ُﻣﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﹺﺟﺪﱠ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪َ 7 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻌَﺒﺪُ ﹶﺃْﻳ ً‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻰ ﹶﻻ َﻧﻌُﻮ َﺩ ﻧُ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ِﻟﻴُ ْﺒ ﹶﻄ ﹶﻞ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎَﻧﻨَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ َﻖ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻُ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺳَﻨَﺤْﻴَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ‪9 .‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪ 8 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹸﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَﺎ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗَﺒﺮﱠﹶﺃ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻣَﺎَﺗﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﺕ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪َ 10 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُﺩ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻳﻤُﻮ ُ‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻌ َﺪ ﻣَﺎ ﹸﺃﻗِﻴ َﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎﻫَﺎ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎﻫَﺎ ﹶﻓَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ﹰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎَﺗﻪُ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬

‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺜﺎﺭ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺴﺘﻨﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻁﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻨﺒﻕ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻨﺎل ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻨﻔﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻓﺎﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻨﺯﻉ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻜل ﺃﺜﺭ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻬﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪304‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻨﺎ ﻜﻜﺎﺌﻥ ﻤﻴﺕ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻬﺎﺠﻤﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺤﻭﺍﺱ ﺘﹸﻐﻭﻯ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻕ ﻫﻰ "ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﺯﻭﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺠﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﺭﻓﻊ‬

‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﻭﺨﻠﹼﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺕ ﺒﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻵﺏ )ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻵﺏ(‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻨﺩﻓﻥ ﻟﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺸﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺸﺒﻪ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺎﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺸﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺒﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺘﺤﺩﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺒﻪ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺫﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﺒﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﻭﺕ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺎل‬ ‫"ﺍﺒﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻴﺘﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﺵ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻀﺎﻻ ﻓﻭﺠﺩ" )ﻟﻭ‪.(24 :15‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﻭﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺼﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻤﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﻁل "ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺃﻏﺴﻁﻴﻨﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﺩ‬

‫ﺘﻌﻭﺩﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺽﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﻬﺎ "ﺃﻏﺴﻁﻴﻨﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻴﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻤﺎﺕ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﺤﺭﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻋﺒﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪305‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﺘﺒﺭﺃ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺸﺊ ﻴﺭﺒﻁﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻥ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺸﺎﺭﻜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻨﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻌﻪ‬

‫ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻤﻴل ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺠﺴﺩ ﻨﻭﺭﺍﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10-9‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺁﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺃﺒﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻗﺩﻭﺱ ﺤﻰ ﻻ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻜل ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻟﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻜﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﺍﻩ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﻭﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﺘﺭﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺤﺒﺎ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬الدور اإلنسانى فى التبرير )ع‪:(14-11‬‬ ‫ﻉ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺣﻴَﺎ ًﺀ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﻮَﺍﺗًﺎ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺒُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ُﺗﻄِﻴﻌُﻮﻫَﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﺷ َﻬﻮَﺍِﺗ ِﻪ‪َ 13 ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺗُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻛﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎِﺋ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﻓِﻰ َﺟ َ‬ ‫‪12‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻤ ِﻠ ﹶﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺕ ﹺﺑﺮﱟ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﺁ ﹶﻻ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻗﹶﺪﱢﻣُﻮﺍ ﹶﺫﻭَﺍِﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹶﻛﹶﺄ ْﺣﻴَﺎ ٍﺀ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺇﹾﺛ ﹴﻢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺁ ﹶﻻ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﹶﻟ ْﻦ َﺗﺴُﻮ َﺩ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻟﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻅﺭﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪،‬‬

‫ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻨﺎﺼﺤﺎ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺼﺭﺕ ﻨﻅﻴﻔﺎ ﻻﺒﺴﺎ ﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺘﺴﺎﺥ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻠﺘﺼﺭ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺅﻙ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺤﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻨﺕ ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺭﺭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﺘﺒﻴﻊ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺨﻴﺼﺎ ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺭ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺩﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﻴﻌﺎ ﻷﻭﺍﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻟﻴﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﻟﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪306‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﻴﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻤﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻭﻤﻨﺸﻁﺎ ﺇﻴﺎﻫﺎ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﺴﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺤﺩﺭ ﻤﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺭﺭﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻴﺘ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻻ ﺘﺠﻌل ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻙ ﺼﺎﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﺠﻌل ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻙ ﺸﺘﺎﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺩﻙ ﻀﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﺯﺍﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﺠﺴﻡ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻰ ﻤﺘﺠﺭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ؛ ﺒل ﻗﺩﻡ ﺫﺍﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻜﺭﻙ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻙ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺤﻰ ﻤﺩﺭﻙ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻭﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﷲ ﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ُﻭ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ )ﻴﺼﻠﻰ‪ /‬ﻴﺨﺩﻡ‪.(...‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺴﻠﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻙ ﻟﺴﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺼﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻨﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻙ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺴﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﺎﺼﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻴﻨﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺅﻙ ﻭﺘﻐﻠﺏ ﻭﺘﻨﺘﺼﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬عبد الخطية وعبد المسيح )ع‪:(23-15‬‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔِ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! ‪16‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﺊﹸ ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؟ ﹶﺃﻧُ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻟِﻠﻄﱠﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ؟‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﺗ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺫﻭَﺍِﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻟﻪُ َﻋﺒﹺﻴﺪًﺍ ﻟِﻠﻄﱠﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﻋَﺒﹺﻴﺪٌ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻯ ﺗُﻄِﻴﻌُﻮَﻧﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻣﱠﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱠ ْﻤﺘُﻤُﻮﻫَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻜﹸﻢْ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻃ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ َﻋﺒﹺﻴﺪًﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫‪ 17‬ﹶﻓ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻛﹸﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﻒ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ َﻋﺒﹺﻴﺪًﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪19 .‬ﹶﺃَﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻢُ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎﹺﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺿُ ْﻌ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 18‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹸﺃ ْﻋِﺘ ﹾﻘُﺘ ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﻺﹾﺛ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗﺪﱢﻣُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ َﻋﺒﹺﻴـﺪًﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻘـﺪَﺍ َﺳﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹶﻗﺪﱠ ْﻣُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎ َﺀ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ َﻋﺒﹺﻴﺪًﺍ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺠَﺎ َﺳ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﻹﹾﺛ ﹺﻢ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪ 21 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻯﱡ ﹶﺛ َﻤ ﹴﺮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺣِﻴَﻨِﺌ ٍﺬ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ‬ ‫‪َ 20‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ َﻋﺒﹺﻴ َﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ ﹺﺭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕُ‪َ 22 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹸﺃ ْﻋِﺘ ﹾﻘُﺘ ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﺤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ؟ َﻷﻥﱠ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳ ﹶﺔ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ِﻫ َﻰ ﻣَﻮْﺕٌ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ِﻫَﺒﺔﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻋﹺﺒﻴﺪًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺛ َﻤﺮُﻛﹸ ْﻢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻘﺪَﺍ َﺳ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﻨﱢﻬَﺎَﻳ ﹸﺔ ﺣَﻴَﺎﺓﹲ ﹶﺃَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔﹲ‪َ 23 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺃﹸ ْﺟ َﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹺﻬ َﻰ ﺣَﻴَﺎﺓﹲ ﹶﺃَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠ ﹲﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪307‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻴﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻨﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺸﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ ُﻌﻤَﺩ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﻁﱠﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ "ﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺴﻴﺩﻴﻥ" )ﻤﺕ ‪ ،(24 :6‬ﻓﺈﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺒﺩﺍ ﻤﻁﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺍﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻟﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﺠﺴﺩ ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻰ؛ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻁﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺤﺫﺭ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ...‬ﻓﻁﺎﻋﺘﻙ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻹﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﻤﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺩﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺨﻔﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﺘﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﺘﺴﻠﻤﻭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻁﻌﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪ :‬ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺃﺨﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‪ :‬ﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﺘﺭﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻜﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻋﻅ ﻨﻅﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﻜﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﺘﻠﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﻜل ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﻠﻤﻭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺭﺭﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺼﺭﺘﻡ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﺍ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺓ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻔﺫﻴﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺃﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ ﺴﻬل ﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻺﺜﻡ‪ :‬ﺤﺒﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺅﻜﻡ ﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺜﻡ ﺤﺒﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪308‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺎﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻋﺒﺩﺍ ﻹﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﻤﺘﺤﺭﺭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﺤﺭﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻤﺨﺎﺩﻋﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺌﻼﹰ‪ :‬ﻫﻴﺎ ﺘﺤﺭﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺘﺘﻌﺏ ﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻭﻡ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﺭﻡ ﺠﺴﺩﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺫﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ؟ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺼﻭﻥ ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻙ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ؟‬

‫ﻓﻬﻴﺎ ﺇﻓﻌل ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻠﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻙ ﻤﺘﺤﺭﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻙ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻋﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺒﻙ ﺘﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺩﺨل ﺘﺤﺕ ﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻴﺤﻁﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻙ ﺒل ﻭﺃﺒﺩﻴﺘﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻁﺎﺭﺤﹰﺎ ﺴﺅﺍﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺠﻨﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺼﻨﻌﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺸﺭﻭﺭًﺍ ﺘﺨﺠﻠﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ﻭﻷﻨﻜﻡ ﺘﺒﺘﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﺨﻠﺼﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﻨﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﺭﺭﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﺘﻡ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻨﻠﺘﻡ ﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ "ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ....‬ﺇﻟﺦ"‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺴﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻜﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺼﻨﻌﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘﻤﻭﺘﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪309‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫سابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﺤﺮﺭﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻭﻳﺨﻠﺼﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬بالمسيح تحررنا من الناموس )ع‪:( 6-1‬‬ ‫ﺴﺎ ِﻥ ﻣَﺎ ﺩَﺍ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُﺩ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﺃﹸ ﹶﻛﻠﱢﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻓ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ُﺟ ﹸﻞ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺟُ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﻰ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺭﺟُ ﹴﻞ‪ِ ،‬ﻫ َﻰ ﻣُﺮَْﺗﹺﺒ ﹶﻄﺔﹲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫َﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎ؟ ‪ 2‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺮﹶﺃ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﺗ ْ‬

‫ﺕ ِﻟ َﺮﺟُ ﹴﻞ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟُﻞﹺ‪ 3 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﻣَﺎ ﺩَﺍ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ُﺟ ﹸﻞ ﺣَﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ُ ،‬ﺗ ْﺪﻋَﻰ ﺯَﺍﹺﻧَﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺮﱠ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻟ َﺮﺟُ ﹴﻞ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪4 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﻳَﺎ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺗِﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺯَﺍﹺﻧَﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻬَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ُﺟ ﹸﻞ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹺﻬ َﻰ ﺣُﺮﱠﺓﹲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎ َ‬

‫ﺕ ِﻟﻨُﺜﹾ ِﻤ َﺮ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﲑُﻭﺍ ﻵ َﺧ َﺮ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹸﺃﻗِﻴ َﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ُﻣﺘﱡ ْﻢ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬

‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ ﻛﹸﻨﱠﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﺗ ْﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎِﺋﻨَﺎ ِﻟ ﹶﻜـ ْﻰ ﻧُ ﹾﺜ ِﻤ َﺮ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻫْﻮَﺍﺀُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹶﻻ ﹺﺑ ِﻌ ْﺘ ﹺﻖ‬ ‫ﺠﺪﱠ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ َﻧ ْﻌﺒُ َﺪ ﹺﺑ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﻣُﻤْ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﻣﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺮﱠ ْﺭﻧَﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 6‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ْﺮﻑِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺼﻌﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﺴﻨﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺨﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺒﻔﺭﺍﺌﻀﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺠﻬﹰﺎ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻌﺠﺒ ﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻨﺴﻭﺍ ﻭﺠﻬﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻸﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻁﻘﻭﺱ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻴﺒﻁل ﺃﻯ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﺜﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ( ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺜﺎ ﹰ‬

‫ﻴﺭﺒﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺭﺠﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺭﻜﻪ ﻭﺘﺘﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﺭﺠل ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺠﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺭﺠل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺩﻋﻴﺕ ﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺭﺠل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪310‬‬

‫سابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﻭﺴﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻜﺎﻟﻠﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻀﺒﻁ ﻏﺭﺍﺌﺯﻜﻡ ﻭﻗﺩﺭﺍﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﺭﺭﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺤﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺘﺭﻥ ﺒﺂﺨﺭ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻨﻭﺍﻤﻴﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺜﻤﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺠﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻗﺒﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺸﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﺒﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺼﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻤﻤﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﻤﺘﺤﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓىﺠﺴﺩﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﻌﻤل‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﻨﺎ ﻤﻤﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﺭﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺘﺒﻁﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻴﻨﻅﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻓﻰ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫل ﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻘﺎﺌﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺤﺏ ﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺼﻭﻤﻙ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺴﻤﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺘﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﺠﻭﺩﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻨﺴﺤﺎﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺼﻼﺘﻙ ﺒﻌﻤﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺏ ﺒﺤﺏ ﻋﺭﻴﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬الناموس يكشف الخطية ال يخلص منھا )ع‪:(13-7‬‬

‫‪311‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹲ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺮ ِ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻧﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪َ :‬ﻫ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻓﻰﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﺸﹶﺄ ْ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹰﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺬ ﹲﺓ ﻓﹸ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﻣُﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘﻪِ‪َ 8 «.‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ » ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻬ َﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﻘﹸ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬

‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎِﺋﺸًﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺒﻼﹰ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ َﻣﻴﱢَﺘﺔﹲ‪9 .‬ﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻜﹸ ْﻨﺖُ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﺷ ْﻬ َﻮﺓٍ‪َ .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬

‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ‪ِ ،‬ﻫ َﻰ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴُﻬَﺎ ﻟِﻰ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ُﻤﺖﱡ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‪ 10 ،‬ﹶﻓﻮُ ﹺﺟ َﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠﺔ ُ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎ َﺷ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺟَﺎ َﺀ ِ‬

‫ﺻﻴﱠﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺱ ُﻣ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﺱٌ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧَﺪَﻋَﺘْﻨﹺﻰ ﺑﹺﻬَﺎ َﻭ ﹶﻗَﺘ ﹶﻠ ْﺘﻨﹺﻰ‪12 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹰﺔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﺬ ﹲﺓ ﻓﹸ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﻣُﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 11‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺸﹶﺌ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ‪ِ .‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻈ َﻬ َﺮ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻣُﻨْ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹲ‪ 13 .‬ﹶﻓ َﻬ ﹾﻞ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﻟِﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟﺢُ َﻣ ْﻮﺗًﺎ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ َﺳ ﹲﺔ َﻭﻋَﺎ ِﺩﹶﻟ ﹲﺔ َﻭﺻَﺎِﻟ َ‬

‫ﻟِﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﺧَﺎ ِﻃﹶﺌ ﹰﺔ ﹺﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻣَﻮْﺗًﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺸﺊ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺘﺤﺭﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒل ﺤﺎﺸﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻋﺭﻓﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺒﺄﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺸﻜﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻨﻬﺎﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻗﺎل ﻟﻰ ﻻ ﺘﺸﺘﻪ ِ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺓ ﻭﺃﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺒﻰ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺒﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌل )ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﺭﻏﻭﺏ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺸﺘﻬﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻜﺸﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻠﻘﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ؛ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻜﺸﻔﺕ ﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻓﺴﻌﻴﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻘﺕ ﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ "ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺘﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﺸﺊ‬

‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻅﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻴﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻜﺸﻑ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺭﺸﺩﻩ ﻭﻴﻜﺸﻑ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺃﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﺸﺊ‬

‫ﻋﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻘﺘل ﻭﻴﺸﺘﻡ ﻭﻴﺴﺭﻕ ﻭﻴﻐﻀﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺌﺸﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺠﺴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺍﻀﻴﺎ ﺒﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﺸﻑ‬

‫ﻭﻴﺤﺴﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻁﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺎل ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻤﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺴﺄﻤﻭﺕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪312‬‬

‫سابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ "ﻋﺎﺸﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ" ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﺸﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺸﻔﹶﺕ ﻭﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﹸﻜ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﺘﻨﻘﺫ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻔﺕ ﻜﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺠﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﺩ ﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﻔﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﺭﻓﺘﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺤﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﺩﻋﺘﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺫ ﻅﻨﻨﺕ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻰ ﻭﺘﺴﻬل ﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻘﻁﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ؛ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻗﺘﻠﺘﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻋﺎﺩل ﻷﻨﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﻴﻁﺒﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬ ‫ﻫﻭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻴﺨﺩﻉ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴُﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻜﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻫل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺜﻡ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻻ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴُﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻰ ﻭﻴﻭﺼﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﺘل ﺇﺫﺍ ﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﺭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﺼﻼﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺘﺤﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺹ ﻹﺴﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﺨﺒﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ؛ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺤﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺘﻐ ﹰ‬

‫ﻑ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﺴﺘﻐل ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻌﻤل ﺩﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒل ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺸﺊ ﺒﻐﻴﺽ ﻭﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﺠﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺴﺘ ﹺ‬

‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻠﻙ ﺼﺩﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﺭﻜﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻐﻭﻴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻗﺭﺃ ﻭﺍﻓﻬﻡ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺠﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻌﻤﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺒﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺴﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺴﺭﻭﻫﺎ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻫﻭﺍﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺨﺫﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻜل ﺁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻭﻟﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﻠﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺙ‬ ‫‪313‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺘﺜﻴﺭ ﺤﻭﺍﺱ ﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻼ ﺘﺜﻴﺭ ﺤﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻻﻜﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الصراع بين اإلرادة الصالحة والخطية الساكنة فى )ع‪:(25-14‬‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺮﻑُ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪َ 15 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِﻯ ﻣَﺒﹺﻴﻊٌ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺭُﻭ ِﺣﻰﱞ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ُﻩ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ ﻣَﺎ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ُﻩ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﺃﹸْﺑ ِﻐﻀُﻪُ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻳﱠﺎﻩُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻦٌ‪17 .‬ﻓﹶﺎﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺻَﺎ ِﺩﻕُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎ ِﻛَﻨﺔﹸ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ 18 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻢُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺿ َﺮ ﹲﺓ ِﻋ ْﻨﺪِﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﹾﺤُﺴْﻨَﻰ‬ ‫ﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺟَﺴَﺪِﻯ‪ ،‬ﺷَﻰْﺀٌ ﺻَﺎﻟِﺢٌ‪َ .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ ِﻹﺭَﺍ َﺩ ﹶﺓ ﺣَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺳَﺎﻛِﻦٌ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ُﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻳﱠﺎﻩُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌـﻞﹸ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ُﻩ‪َ ،‬ﺑـ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹺﺟﺪُ‪َ 19 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْ‬

‫ﺖ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎ ِﻛَﻨﺔﹸ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪21 .‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹶﺃ ﹺﺟﺪُ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻪُ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ُﻩ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ ُﻩ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺱﺍِ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ ﺣَﺎﺿِﺮٌ ِﻋ ْﻨﺪِﻯ‪ 22 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹸﺃ َﺳﺮﱡ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻟِﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣِﻴَﻨﻤَﺎ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﹺﻴﻨﹺﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ ِﺫ ْﻫﻨﹺﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎ ِﻃﻦﹺ‪23 .‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﺭَﻯ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮﺳًﺎ ﺁ َﺧ َﺮ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎﺋِﻰ ُﻳﺤَﺎ ﹺﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ـ ِﺪ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ؟‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎِﺋ ﹺﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻀَﺎﺋِﻰ‪َ 24 .‬ﻭْﻳﺤِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ِﻘﻰﱡ! َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْﻨ ِﻘﺬﹸﹺﻧـﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺟَﺴ َ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱﺍِ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ! ﹺﺇﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ ﹺﺑ ِﺬ ْﻫﹺﻨﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ِﺪﻡُ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪25‬ﹶﺃ ْﺷﻜﹸﺮُ ﺍ َ‬

‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺒﻼﻏﺔ ﺭﺍﺌﻌﺔ ﻭﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻐﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺩﺌﹰﺎ ﺒﺈﻋﻼﻨﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺘﺭﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﻠل ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺸﺄﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ ﺒﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ )ﺃﻉ‪ ،(53 :7‬ﻤﻠﻘﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺒﻜل ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻟﺤﻡ ﻭﺩﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﻨﻔﺱ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻨﺎ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤُﺒﺎﻉ ﻜﻌﺒﺩ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺃﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻴﻁﺎﻟﺒﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺒﻼ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺃﻨﻰ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻤﺯﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺒﺩ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﺕ ﺃﻓﻬﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻰ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺘﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻰ ﻤﻐﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﻨﻨﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺊ ﺭﻏﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺭﺍﺥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻻ ﺃﻏﻀﺏ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺴﺘﺜﺎﺭ ﺃﺴﻘﻁ‬ ‫ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺃﻓﻌل ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻴﺩﻩ )ﻁﻭل ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻌﻠﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻴﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪314‬‬

‫سابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻨﻰ ﺃﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺄﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻴًﺎ ﺼﺩﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﺸﻬﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻨﺔ ﻓ ّ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ؟ ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻰّ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻯ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓ ّ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺕ ﺃﺠﺩ ﻻ ﺃﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻤﻴل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻗﺒل ﻋﻤل ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺒل ﻴﻤﻴل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻗﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺒﻐﻴﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬

‫ﺃﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻷﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻰ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻯ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻜل ﻤﻴﻭل ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻰ ﻓﺘﺘﺠﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻟﻶﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭ ﻫﻭ ﻨﺎﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻀﺩ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻟﻸﺴﻑ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺸﺩﺓ ﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﺯﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﺭﻙ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻬﻭ‬

‫ﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻤﻊ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪315‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻼ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺒﺭﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻓﺽ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺫﻫﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﺤﺭﺭﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺠﺯﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ؟ ﻓﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻰ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻋﺎﺠﺯﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻯ ﻭﻓﻜﺭﻯ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺼﻨﻌﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺼﺒﺢ ﺠﺴﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﺤﻜﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺫ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻜل ﻭﺴﺎﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﻰ ﻭﻋﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺩ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﻴﺤﻁﻡ ﺴﻼﺴل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻔﻙ ﺃﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻴﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﻁ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻫﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻫﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻬل ﺘﻌﻭﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﺍﻨﺤﺭﺍﻓﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺤُﻠﺕ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺎل ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﻕ ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺫﻫﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺠﺴﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﺨﺎﺩﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺩﻤﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻭﻗﺕ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﻟﺨﻀﻭﻋﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻌ ِ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻭﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺴﻘﻁﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻐـﻠﺏ ﻜل‬

‫ﻀﻌﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻴل ﺸﺭﻴﺭ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﺩ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻙ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺘﻬﺎﻭﻨﻙ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘـﻁ ﺜﺎﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﻁﻠﺏ‬

‫ﻤـﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪316‬‬ ‫ﺭﺿﺎ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺐ ﻳﺪﺑﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ال دينونة للسالكين حسب الروح )ع‪:( 17-1‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎِﻟ ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹶﻻ َﺷ ْﻰ َﺀ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﱠْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺃﹶﻋْﺘَﻘﹶﻨﹺﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺭُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪َ 2 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﺳ ﹶﻞ ﺍْﺑَﻨﻪُ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺿﻌِﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻋَﺎ ﹺﺟﺰًﺍ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ ﻓِﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ِ4 ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳِﺘﻢﱠ ُﺣ ﹾﻜ ُﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﺩَﺍ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ِﺷ ْﺒ ِﻪ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺒﻤَﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪ 5 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎِﻟ ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻮْﺕٌ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹶﻓﹺﺒﻤَﺎ ﻟِﻠﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪َ 6 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﻬَﺘﻤﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺱﺍِ‬ ‫ﺿﻌًﺎ ِﻟﻨَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺧَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻋَﺪَﺍﻭَﺓﹲ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﻼﻡٌ‪َ 7 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻫْﺘِﻤَﺎﻡَ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻫُ َﻮ ﺣَﻴَﺎﺓﹲ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻄِﻴﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ْﺮﺿُﻮﺍ ﺍﷲَ‪َ 9 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻄِﻴ ُﻊ؛ ‪8‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓـ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺭُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺳَﺎ ِﻛﻨًﺎ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺡﺍِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺭُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪َ 11 .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻓﹶﺤَﻴَﺎﺓﹲ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﺪُ ﻣَﻴﱢﺖٌ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪َ 10‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺳَﻴُﺤْﻴﹺﻰ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺳَﺎ ِﻛﻨًﺎ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺭُﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ َﻣ ْﺪﻳُﻮﻧُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ َﺩﻛﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎِﺋَﺘ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹺﺑﺮُﻭ ِﺣ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﺎ ِﻛ ﹺﻦ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪12 .‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺗُﻤِﻴﺘُﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻤُﻮُﺗﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺸُﺘ ْﻢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺶ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ِﻟَﻨﻌِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﺑﻨَﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﷲِ‪15 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺄﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﺡﺍِ‬ ‫ﺤَﻴ ْﻮﻥﹶ‪َ 14 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳ ْﻨﻘﹶﺎﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑﺮُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋْﻤَﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺮُﺥُ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃﺑﱠﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﺏُ!«‬ ‫ﻑ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ َﺧـ ﹾﺬُﺗ ْﻢ ﺭُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﱠَﺒﻨﱢﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺨـ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻌﺒُﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠ ِﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ـﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﺭُﻭ َ‬ ‫َﺗﺄﹾﺧ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻬﺪُ َﻷ ْﺭﻭَﺍ ِﺣﻨَﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩُ ﺍﷲِ‪ 17 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻭ َﺭﹶﺛ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﹶﺛﺔﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴُﻪُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫‪16‬ﺍﹶﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬ ‫َﻭﻭَﺍ ﹺﺭﺛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ َﻧَﺘﹶﺄﻟﱠﻢُ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻧَﺘ َﻤﺠﱠ َﺪ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻫﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﺱ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻗﺩ ﺃُﻨﻘِﺫﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﻀﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻘﺎﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪317‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ؟‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩ‬

‫ﺤﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺤﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻜﺄﺠﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ؟‬

‫ﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻪ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﺘ ِ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻔﺫﻭﺍ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﺘﺼﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺫﻜﺭ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ‪ 20‬ﻤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻭﺏ ‪ 20‬ﻤﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺒﺭﺯ ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻷﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل‬

‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻋﺎﺠﺯﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺠﺯﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺎﺌﻼ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺸﺒﻪ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺠﺴﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﻤﻴﻪ‬

‫"ﺸﺒﻪ" ﻷﻨﻪ ﻨﻘﻰ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺸﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺒﺩﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻴل ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﺤﺭﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺎﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻅﻬﺭ ﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺸﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻠﺘﺼﻘﺎ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻤﻡ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺒﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻻ‬

‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺘﻜﻰ ﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻨﺎ ﺴﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻨﻘﺎﺩﻴﻥ ﺒﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪318‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺼـﺎﻴﺎ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ "ﻻ ﺘﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺇﻨﻰ ﺠﺌﺕ ﻷﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﺠﺌﺕ ﻷﻨﻘﺽ ﺒل ﻷﻜﻤل"‬

‫)ﻤﺕ‪(17 :5‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﻭﺍ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﻜل ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺤﺎﺩﻴﺜﻬﻡ ﻤﻨﺤﺼﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺴﻨﺄﻜل‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺴﻨﺸﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺴﻨﻠﺒﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻨﺴﺘﻤﺘﻊ؟ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻻ ﺘﺠﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻸﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﻫﺩﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺠﺩ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺘﺯﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻤﻨﻀﺒﻁﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺸﺭًﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻐﻤﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻔﺼﺎل ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺤﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8-7‬ﻤﺎ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﻓﻰ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻀﻌﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ‬

‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻜﱠﺯ ﻜل ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺨﺭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻟل ﻴﺠﺫﺒﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﻨﻌﹰﺎ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺍﺨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻬﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻟﻠﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻊ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻟﻠﺯﺍﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ؟‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺴﺎﻜﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻋﻨﺎ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺠﺴﺩﺍﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﺒل ﺭﻭﺤﻴﻭﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻌﺵ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﻨﻨﺎ ﺯﻭﺍﺭ ﻏﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻨﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ‬

‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺭﻀﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻁﻤﻊ ﻭﺘﻌﻅﻡ ﻤﻌﻴﺸﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻔﻰ ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ‬

‫ﻨﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻻﺌﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻨﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭ‬ ‫‪319‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺨﺎﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻁﻼ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﺇﻥ ﺴﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﺘﺤﺩﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺴﻴﺨﻀﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻜﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﺸﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺘﻨﺎﻓﺭ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‬

‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻰ ﻴﺘﺤﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻡ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ )ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ( ﺒﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻟﻜل ﻨﻔﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻘﻁﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﺸﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﺼﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜل ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ‬

‫ﻴﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﻴﺎ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺸﻬﻭﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﺒﺸﻰﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺸﺎ ﻨﻌﻤل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ )ﻏل‪،(20 ،19 :5‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﻭﺘﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻗﺎﻭﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﻨﺘﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫ ﻨﺴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻌﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﻨﻘﺎﺩﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪320‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻠﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻤﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻜل ﺃﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺸﺎﻜﺭﺍ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺼﺎﺒﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﺃﺒﺎ‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺴﺭﻴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺏ‪ :‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﻌل ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺌﻔﻴﻥ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺴﻴﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﻨﺎﺩﻴﻪ ﺒﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﺌﻠﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ "ﺃﺒﺎ" ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺄﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﺒﺎ ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :17 -16‬ﻭﺭﺜﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺒﻭﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺜﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻜﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻰ‬

‫ﻨﺩﺨل ﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺒﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻻ ﻨﻘﻭل ﺃﺒﻭﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻨﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﺭﺜﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﺂﻻﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺒﺭﻴﻥ؛ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‬

‫ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻨﺘﺄﻟﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺜﻡ ﻨﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻤﺠﺩﺍ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻴﻬﺒﻙ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺨﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻭﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻋﺸﺕ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﺯل‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﻠﺔ؟! ﺇﻨﻙ ﺃﺴﻤﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﻠﻭﻜﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﺘﺘﺩﻨﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻰ؟‪ ...‬ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﻟﺫﺘﻙ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻙ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺴﻘﻁﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻬﻭﺓ ﺭﺩﻴﺔ ﻗﻡ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬تجديد الخليقة ورجاء المجد اآلتى )ع‪:(25 -18‬‬

‫‪321‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌِﺘﻴ ِﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُﺴَْﺘﻌْ ﹶﻠ َﻦ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ‪َ 19 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍْﻧِﺘﻈﹶﺎ َﺭ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻻ ُﺗﻘﹶﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺁ ﹶﻻ َﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻣَﺎﻥِ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪ 18‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻃ ْﻮﻋًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﺨﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘﺔﹸ ِﻟ ﹾﻠُﺒ ﹾﻄﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﺑﻨَﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﷲِ‪20 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﺃﹸﺧْ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ َﻳَﺘ َﻮﻗﱠﻊُ ﺍ ْﺳِﺘ ْﻌ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺩ‬ ‫ﺴﻬَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺳﺘُ ْﻌَﺘﻖُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ُﻋﺒُﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﺴَﺎ ِﺩ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ُﺣﺮﱢﻳﱠ ِﺔ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘ ﹶﺔ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻌﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎﺀِ‪َ 21 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺨﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ َﺗِﺌﻦﱡ َﻭَﺗَﺘ َﻤﺨﱠﺾُ َﻣﻌًﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻵﻥﹶ‪َ 23 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﷲِ‪ 22 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﱠَﺒﻨﱢﻰ ِﻓﺪَﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ ِﺩﻧَﺎ‪24 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻧِﺌﻦﱡ ﻓِﻰ ﺃﹶﻧْﻔﹸﺴِﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣَُﺘ َﻮﻗﱢ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ ُ‬ ‫ﺡ‪َ ،‬ﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺑَﺎﻛﹸﻮ َﺭﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳ ْﺮﺟُﻮ ُﻩ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ؟ ‪َ 25‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛﻨﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺭﺟَﺎ ًﺀ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ْﻨﻈﹸﺮُﻩُ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻨَﺎ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ َﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻨﻈﹸﻮ َﺭ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﺧ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻨﻈﹸﺮُﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧَﺘ َﻮﻗﱠﻌُﻪُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒﺮﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻧ ْﺮﺟُﻮ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻧﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﰱ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻬﻧﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻻﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻟﻴﺰﻳﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺻﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﰱ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺨﻠﻘﺕ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻌﻨﺕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻁﻴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺴﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﺘﻤل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻭﺩﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻸﺤﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21-20‬ﺃﺨﻀﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻁل‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺤﻠﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺄ ﺁﺩﻡ "ﻤﻠﻌﻭﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒﺴﺒﺒﻙ" )ﺘﻙ‪ ،(17 :3‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ "ﻟﻴﺱ ﻁﻭﻋﺎﹰ" ﺃﻯ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺨﻁﺄ ﺼﺩﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬

‫ﻜﺄﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺨﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺩﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺠﺎ ًﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺠﺩﺩ ﻭﺘﺘﺤﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻠﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺘﺤﺭﺭ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﺌﻨﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ )ﺭﺅ‪ ،(1 :21‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺘﺌﻥ ﻤﺘﺄﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﻤﺴﺭﺤﹰﺎ ﻟﺤﺭﻭﺏ ﻭﻤﺫﺍﺒﺢ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺠﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺸﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﻤﺘﻤﺨﻀﺔ )ﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺤﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﻊ ﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻴﻥ(‬

‫ﺒﺯﻻﺯل ﻭﺒﺭﺍﻜﻴﻥ ﻭﺴﻴﻭل ﻭﺤﺭﺍﺌﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺘﻅﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﺘﺼﻴﺭ‬ ‫‪322‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺎل ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻼﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺘﺘﺤﻭل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺽ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﺒﺎﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﺫﻗﻨﺎ ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺌﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻨﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﺠﺴﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻨﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﻜﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﺩﻯ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺤﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﺒﻠﻴﻎ‪ ،‬ﺼﻭﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﻭﻴﺤﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻨﺌﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺫﻭﻗﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺠﺯﺌﻰ ﻜﻌﺭﺒﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺩﻫﺭ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻻ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺠﺴﺎﺩ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻓﺩﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25-24‬ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﻠﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻫﻰ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺩﻫﺭ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻪ ﻨﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺴﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﺸﺒﻪ ﺒﺸﻴﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻙ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺼﺭﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﺒﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﺨﺭﻭﺠﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻼﺤﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺼﺭﻓﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻴﻥ ﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺼﺭﻓﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﻜﺎﺜﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﻅﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﺴﺘﻨﺎل ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺴﻴﺌﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﻯ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺒﻌﻴﻨﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﻨﻙ ﺘﻜﺎﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺭﻁ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪323‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫)‪ (3‬شفاعة الروح القدس )ع‪:(27-26‬‬ ‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱢﻰ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻳَﻨْﺒَﻐِﻰ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﻣَﺎ ُﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻌﻔﹶﺎِﺗﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺡ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻳُ ِﻌﲔُ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 26‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺡ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺺُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﻠﹸﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹶﻔﻊُ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻧﱠﺎﺕٍ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻨ ﹶﻄﻖُ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ‪َ 27 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻯ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﹶﻔﻊُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻣﺸِﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﺘﺤﻠﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻭﺨﻼﺹ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﻨﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠل‬

‫ﻨﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻨﺩﺭﻙ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻨﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻟﻴﺴﻨﺩﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﻨﻌﻤﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻌﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﺼﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺼﻼﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﻪ ﻴﻌﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻬﺏ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻜﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻜﺒﺸﺭ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﻘﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﻭﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻌﻪ؟ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :27‬ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺁﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻴﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻴﻔﺤﺹ ﺃﻯ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﻗﻠﺏ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺍﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻫﻡ ﺸﺊ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻫﻭ ﻜﻤﺎل ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻨﻘﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺒﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺠﻴﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻻ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻘﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺒﻙ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺴل ﺃﻭ ﻁﻴﺎﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠل‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻨﺯﻋﺞ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻗﻑ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻤﻙ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺘﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺒﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺴﻬﻼ ﻭﻤﻌﺯﻴﺎ ﻟﻘﻠﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻨﻬﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬المسيح المدبر والشفيع )ع‪:(34-28‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻣ ْﺪ ُﻋﻮﱡﻭ ﹶﻥ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ُﻦ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ َﺗ ْﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ َﻣﻌًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫‪َ 28‬ﻭَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍْﺑﹺﻨ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹺﺑ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﺪﻩِ‪َ 29 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓ َﻌ َﺮ ﹶﻓﻬُﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻴﱠَﻨﻬُﻢْ ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ُﻣﺸَﺎﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ْ‬ ‫‪324‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮ ٍﺓ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪30 .‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻴﱠَﻨﻬُﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ َﺩﻋَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﺩَﻋَﺎﻫُﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ َﺑﺮﱠ َﺭﻫُ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ َﻣ َﻌﻨَﺎ ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْﻦ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ؟! ‪32‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺑﺮﱠ َﺭﻫُ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ َﻣﺠﱠ َﺪﻫُ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 31 .‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻧﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘﻜِﻰ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﻻ َﻳ َﻬُﺒﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻣ َﻌﻪُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ؟ ‪َ 33‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﺳَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﻔ ْﻖ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍْﺑﹺﻨ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺑ ﹶﺬﹶﻟﻪُ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻯﱢ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎﺭﹺﻯ ﺍﷲِ؟ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳَُﺒﺮﱢﺭُ! ‪َ 34‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ِﺪﻳﻦُ؟ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ ﹶﻔﻊُ ﻓِﻴﻨَﺎ!‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﲔﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ َﻳ ِﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ع‪ :28‬ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﺌﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺤﻭل ﻜل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺒﻼ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻤل ﻟﺨﻴﺭﻩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ "ﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﻌﺎ" ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺘﺒﺩﻭ ﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﻌﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻨﺴﺠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻀﺭﺭﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﻰ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺒﺤﺏ ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﺘﻤﻤﻴﻥ ﻗﺼﺩ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻯ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻭﻴﻥ ﻭﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﻡ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻬﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ "ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻠﻴﻠﻭﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﺨﺒﻭﻥ" )ﻤﺕ‪ .(16 :20‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺸﺠﻌﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﺘﺘﻜﺎﺴل ﺃﻭ ﺘﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴل‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﺴﺭﻉ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﺒﻨﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :30-29‬ﺒﻜﺭﺍ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺒﻜﺭ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺇﺨﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺸﺎﺭﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻤﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺩﻋﺎﻫﻡ‪ :‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺩﻋﻭﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺼﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺼﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﺒﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺒﻪ ﻤﺠﺩﺍ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺄﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ )ﺴﺒﻕ ﻓﻌﺭﻓﻬﻡ( ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺴﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫‪325‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺒﺭﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :31‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺴﺎﻨﺩﻨﺎ ﻭﻴﻌﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻌﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻜﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺨﺭﺠﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺤﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺎ ﺩﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﻤﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ؟‬

‫ع‪ :32‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺸﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺩﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺒﺩﻴﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :33‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻴﺸﺘﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺒﺭﺭﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :34‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺒﻭﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﺎﻓﺘﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﻨﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻭُﻀﻌﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺠﻠﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ‪ ،‬ﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻜﻔﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺠﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬ال شئ يفصلنا عن حبنا للمسيح )ع‪:(39-35‬‬ ‫ﺿ ْﻴ ٌﻖ ﹶﺃ ﹺﻡ ﺍﺿْﻄِﻬَﺎﺩٌ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﺟُﻮﻉٌ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﻋُﺮْﻯٌ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ َﺧ ﹶﻄ ٌﺮ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ؟ ﹶﺃ ِﺷﺪﱠ ﹲﺓ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ َِ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹸﻠﻨَﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ َﻣ َ‬ ‫‪َ 35‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﺳَﻴ ﹾﻔ ِ‬

‫ﺴ ْﺒﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ﹾﺜـ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻏَﻨ ﹴﻢ ﻟِﻠﺬﱠْﺑﺢﹺ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﹸﻛـﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬَﺎﺭﹺ‪ .‬ﹶﻗـ ْﺪ ُﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ُﻧﻤَﺎ ُ‬ ‫َﺳ ْﻴﻒٌ؟ ‪ 36‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ »ﺇﹺﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ َ‬

‫‪َ 37‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌﻬَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْﻌﻈﹸﻢُ ﺍْﻧِﺘﺼَﺎ ُﺭﻧَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺒﱠﻨَﺎ‪ 38 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﻣَُﺘَﻴﻘﱢ ٌﻦ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ َﻣ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺣﻴَﺎ ﹶﺓ َﻭ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮ ﹰﺓ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻣُﺴَْﺘﻘﹾَﺒ ﹶﻠ ﹰﺔ ‪َ 39‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻋُ ﹾﻠ َﻮ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻋُ ْﻤ َﻖ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺧﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘ ﹶﺔ ﹸﺃ ْﺧﺮَﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹸﺃﻣُﻮ َﺭ ﺣَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ﹶﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﺭ َﺅﺳَﺎ َﺀ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹸﻗﻮﱠﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﻣ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻉ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫َﺗ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗَﻔﹾﺼِﻠﹶﻨَﺎ َﻋ ْﻦ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :35‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺸﻜﻴﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﺠﻬﺔ‬

‫ﻨﺤﻭﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻫﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﻌﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺼﺭﺥ ﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﷲ ﻗﺎﺌﻼ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺸﺊ‬

‫ﻴﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻨﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫‪326‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِمنُ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺫﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻁﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻉ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻜل ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﻯ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻑ ﺃﻯ ﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :36‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺫﺒﺤﻭﻥ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻜﺎﻷﻏﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻜل ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺫﻟﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺫﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻷﺠل ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :37‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻨﻨﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻨﺘﺼﺎﺭًﺍ ﻋﻅﻴﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﻭﺍﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺩﺨل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪،‬‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﻭﺕ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻴﺒﻌﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺤﻥ‬

‫ﺏ ﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺒﻴﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻭﻥ ﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺌﺩﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻀُﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻨﹸﺤﺴ َ‬

‫ﻴﺼﺎﺭﻉ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :39-38‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺤﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻀﻌﺎﻓﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﻁﻐﻤﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ‬

‫)ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﻭﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻻ ﻷﺠل ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻰ ﺒﺤﻀﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺤﻜﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺒﹰﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻤﻼﻜﹰﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺼﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻼﺘﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻤﻠﺘﻔﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺇﻏﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻭ ﻭﺘﻬﺒﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻘﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ؛ ﻓﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺒﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻨﺴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺭﺤﺒﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻘﺼﺭ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﺭﻴﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻓﺤﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻁﻠﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺘﺘﺭﻜﻪ ﻴﺤﺭﻤﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻓﺴﺢ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻕ ﻭﺍﻀﻁﺭﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﻴﺤﺭﻤﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪327‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫س ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح التﱠا ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬حزن بولس على عدم إيمان اليھود )ع ‪:(5-1‬‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﺪُﺱﹺ‪2 :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﻟِﻰ ُﺣ ْﺰﻧًﺎ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤﲑﹺﻯ ﺷَﺎﻫِﺪٌ ﻟِﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ِﺬﺏُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﱢ ْﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ َﻭﺩﱡ ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ ﻣَﺤْﺮُﻭﻣًﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻋﻈِﻴﻤًﺎ َﻭ َﻭ َﺟﻌًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻰ ﹶﻻ َﻳﻨْ ﹶﻘ ِﻄﻊُ! ‪ 3‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬

‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ُﻌﻬُﻮ ُﺩ ﻭَﺍ ِﻻ ْﺷِﺘﺮَﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪4 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ِﻠﻴﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻬُﻢُ ﺍﻟﺘﱠَﺒﻨﱢﻰ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺒَﺎﺋِﻰ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺗِﻰ ﹶﺃْﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎِﺋﻦُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬًﺎ ﻣُﺒَﺎﺭَﻛﹰﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌﺒَﺎ َﺩﺓﹸ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻮَﺍﻋِﻴﺪُ‪َ 5 ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻬُﻢُ ﺍﻵﺑَﺎ ُﺀ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻣ ْﻨﻬُﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬

‫ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2-1‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺎﺌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺒﻜل ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺒﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﺤﺎﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻜﺫﺏ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﺤﺯﻴﻥ ﺠﺩًﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻌل ﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺨﻁﺄﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﷲ "ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻏﻔﺭﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺘﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻤﺤﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺘﺒﺘﻪ" )ﺨﺭ‪ .(32:32‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﺨﺫ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‬

‫ﺤﺭﻓﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴُﺤﺭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺎل ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ "ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻔﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﻰ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻀﺤﻰ ﺒﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻨﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﻜﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﻨﺴﺒﺎﺌﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺫﻟﺔ ﻨﺤﻭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪328‬‬

‫ﱠاس ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الت ِ‬

‫ﻓﻬﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻻ ﻴﻨﺴﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺨﺼﻬﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻭﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺨﺫﻩ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻨﺴﻠﻪ ﺸﻌﺒﹰﺎ ﺨﺎﺼ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﻟﻠﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻬﻜﻡ" )ﺘﺙ ‪.(1 :14‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻬﻭﺩ ﺤﺏ ﺃﻗﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺏ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻬﻭﺩﻫﻡ‬

‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻉ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺸﻔﺕ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﺫﺒﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻌﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻘﻭﺱ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺭﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﺒل ﺇﻟﻬﹰﺎ ﺃﺯﻟﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﺁﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﻤﻨﺤﻙ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺒﻨﻭﺘﻙ ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻫﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺘﺩﻴﻨﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﻨﺘﻬﺯ ﻜل ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺼﻭﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻘﺘﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬وعد ﷲ للمختارين فقط )ع ‪:(13-6‬‬ ‫ﺲ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺳ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻄﺖْ‪َ .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪َ 6‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﻯ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻧَﺴْﻞﹲ‪8 «.‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ ُﻳ ْﺪﻋَﻰ ﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻞ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩٌ‪َ .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ »ﹺﺑﹺﺈ ْﺳﺤَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ِﻠﻴﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ 7 ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋ ِﺪ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺩ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻼﹰ‪َ 9 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋ ِﺪ ِﻫ َﻰ َﻫ ِﺬﻩِ‪» :‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‬

‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺭ ﹾﻓ ﹶﻘﺔﹸ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ُﺣ ْﺒﻠﹶﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻭَﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ِﻟﺴَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍﺑْﻦٌ‪َ 10 «.‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َﻮ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗ ِ‬ ‫ﺁﺗِﻰ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺪُ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺧ ْﻴﺮًﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﺷَﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ﹾﺜﺒُ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹶﺃﺑُﻮﻧَﺎ‪َ 11 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻭ ُﻫﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُﻮﹶﻟﺪَﺍ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺤَﺎ ُ‬ ‫‪329‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻌَﺒﺪُ ﻟِﻠﺼﱠ ِﻐﲑﹺ‪ 13 «.‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ‬ ‫ﲑ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْﺪﻋُﻮ‪12 ،‬ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺧِﺘﻴَﺎ ﹺﺭ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻭﹶﺃﺑْ َﻐﻀْﺖُ ﻋِﻴﺴُﻮَ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻳ ْﻌﻘﹸﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﹶﺃ ْﺣَﺒ ْﺒ ُ‬

‫ع‪ :7-6‬ﻟﻌل ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻴﻅﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺴﻘﻁﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺨﻼﺹ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻨﻔﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺅﻜﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻭﻋﻭﺩﻩ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺴﻘﻁ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ‬

‫ﻟﻺﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻜل ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﻟﻴل ﺃﻥ ﺇﺴﻤﺎﻋﻴل ﺍﺒﻥ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨل ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺈﺴﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﹰﺎ ﻜﺄﺒﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﺃﺴﺎﺴًﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺒﻨﻭﻩ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﷲ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ ﻹﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻭﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻴﺨﻭﺨﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺩﻋًﺎ‬

‫ﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻨﺴل ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩﻡ‬

‫ﻼ ﻗﻭﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺒﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻁﻥ ﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺃﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺒﻬﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ‬ ‫ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﺜﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻭﺠﺩ‬

‫ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﺼﻐﺭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺤﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺤﺭﺼﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﻴﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺫﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ )ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل(‬ ‫ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺼل ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻭ ﻫﺒﺔ ﻭﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﺌﻀﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺎﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺴﻨﺩﻫﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺭﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪330‬‬

‫ﱠاس ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الت ِ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﺴﻴﺩًﺍ ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻤﺅﻫل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻟﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﺃﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺭﺁﻩ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﹰﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺅﻜﺩﺓ ﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺒﻐﻀﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻅﻠﻤًﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻤﺴﺘﻬﺘﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺤﺭﺹ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻀﻴﻴﻥ ﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺒﻁﺎﻋﺘﻙ ﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬اختيار ﷲ وحرية اإلنسان )ع ‪:(29-14‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻇﹸ ﹾﻠ ًﻤﺎﹲ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! ‪َ 15‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻟﻤُﻮﺳَﻰ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﺣﻢُ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﺣﻢُ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻧَﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻞﱠ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺴﻌَﻰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْﺮ َﺣﻢُ‪َ 17 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ َﻳﺸَﺎ ُﺀ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃَﺗﺮَﺍ َﺀﻑُ‪ 16 «.‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃَﺗﺮَﺍ َﺀ ُ‬

‫ﻚ ﹸﻗﻮﱠﺗِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ُﻳﻨَﺎﺩَﻯ ﺑﹺﺎﺳْﻤِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻇ ﹺﻬ َﺮ ﻓِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻟ ِﻔ ْﺮ َﻋ ْﻮﻥﹶ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﻟِﻬَﺬﹶﺍ ﹺﺑ َﻌ ْﻴﹺﻨ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻗﻤْﺘُ َ‬ ‫َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ُ‬

‫ﺴَﺘﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻟِﻰ‪» :‬ﻟِﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳﻠﹸﻮ ُﻡ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ‪ 18 «.‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻳ ْﺮ َﺣﻢُ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳﺸَﺎ ُﺀ ﻭَﻳُﻘﹶﺴﱢﻰ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳﺸَﺎ ُﺀ‪ 19 .‬ﹶﻓ َ‬

‫ﺠ ْﺒ ﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ َﺗﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻟﺠَﺎﹺﺑ ِﻠﻬَﺎ‪ِ» :‬ﻟﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺗُﺠَﺎ ﹺﻭﺏُ ﺍﷲَ؟ ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻞﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻳُﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﻭﻡُ ﻣَﺸِﻴﺌﹶﺘَﻪُ؟« ‪َ20‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺳُ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻄﺎﻥﹲ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﱢ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﺰﱠﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺻَﻨ ْﻌَﺘﻨﹺﻰ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ؟« ‪21‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨ َﻊ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﻛﹸ ْﺘ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻧَﺎ ًﺀ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻜﺮَﺍ َﻣ ِﺔ‬

‫ﲑ ٍﺓ ﺁﹺﻧَﻴ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﻀَﺒﻪُ َﻭﻳَُﺒﻴﱢ َﻦ ﻗﹸﻮﱠَﺗﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﺣَﺘ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻧَﺎﺓٍ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ُﻳﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬ َﺮ ﹶﻏ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺁ َﺧ َﺮ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻬﻮَﺍﻥِ؟ ‪ 22‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺠ ِﺪ‪24 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ِﻩ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺁﹺﻧَﻴ ِﺔ َﺭ ْﺣ َﻤ ٍﺔ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ َﻋﺪﱠﻫَﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻙ؟ ‪َ 23‬ﻭِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﻳَُﺒﻴﱢ َﻦ ﻏِﻨَﻰ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻣُ َﻬﻴﱠﹶﺄ ﹰﺓ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻬ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹴ‬ ‫ﹶﻏ َ‬

‫ﺲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﹾﻴَﻬُﻮﺩِ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎﻫَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺩﻋَﺎﻧَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪ 25 .‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻓِﻰ ﻫُﻮ َﺷ َﻊ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺿ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻗِﻴ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺤﺒُﻮَﺑﺔﹰ‪َ 26 .‬ﻭَﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺒُﻮَﺑ ﹰﺔ‪َ :‬ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺷَﻌْﺒﹺﻰ‪َ :‬ﺷ ْﻌﺒﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫» َﺳﹶﺄ ْﺩﻋُﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺮُﺥُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ‪َ » :‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﻰ‪َ 27 «.‬ﻭﹺﺇ َﺷ ْﻌﻴَﺎ ُﺀ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ َﺷ ْﻌﺒﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ُﻫﻨَﺎ َﻙ ﻳُ ْﺪ َﻋ ْﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﺑﻨَﺎ َﺀ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻋ َﺪﺩُ ﺑَﻨﹺﻰ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻛ َﺮ ْﻣ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﺽ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﺺُ‪َ 28 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻣَُﺘﻤﱢﻢُ ﹶﺃ ْﻣ ﹴﺮ َﻭﻗﹶﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﹾﻟَﺒ ِﻘﻴﱠﺔﹸ َﺳَﺘ ْ‬

‫ﻼ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﹰ‬ ‫ﺠﻨُﻮ ِﺩ ﺃﹶﺑْﻘﹶﻰ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ‪َ 29 «.‬ﻭ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹺﺇ َﺷ ْﻌﻴَﺎ ُﺀ ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪» :‬ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﺭﺏﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻊُ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﺮًﺍ َﻣ ﹾﻘ ِ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﻟﹶﺼِﺮْﻧَﺎ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﺳﺪُﻭ َﻡ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺷَﺎَﺑ ْﻬﻨَﺎ َﻋﻤُﻮ َﺭﺓﹶ‪«.‬‬

‫‪331‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﷲ ﻅﺎﻟﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﺒﺩًﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ‬

‫ﺤﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﻭﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺒﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻜل‬ ‫ﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺎل ﺍﷲ ﻟﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻤﻊ ﻜل ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻯ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ‬

‫ﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺜﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﺜﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺘﹸﻤﻨﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺎﻫﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﹸﻤﻨﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺍﺨﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺎل ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﻰ ﺃﺭﺤﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺤﻡ ﻭﺃﺘﺭﺍﺀﻑ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺘﺭﺍﺀﻑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀل ﻜﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺤﻤﺘﻰ ﻭﺭﺃﻓﺘﻰ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺤﻕ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻐﻀﺏ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺭﺤﻤﺘﻰ ﻭﺭﺃﻓﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺘﺨﺼﻨﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻭﺤﺩﻯ ﻜﺈﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻴﻡ ﻭﺯﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﻌﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺠﻴﺩ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻡ ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻌﺠﺯ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ "ﺒﺩﻭﻨﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﺸﻴﺌﺎﹰ" )ﻴﻭ‪،(5 :15‬‬ ‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ ﺒل ﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﺤﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﻟﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻤﺢ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :18-17‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﷲ ﻟﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻌﺎﻁﻠﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﻭﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺘﺤﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺴﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺀ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻔﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺼ ﹰ‬

‫‪332‬‬

‫ﱠاس ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الت ِ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻭ ﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻠﻙ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭل ﻀﺭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺘﺭﻜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺘﻪ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻗﺩ ﺃﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺘﻼﻋﺏ ﺒﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻴﻀﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺭﻏﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻕ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻭﻡ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺃﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺴﻴ ﱠﺭ ﻻ ﻤﺨﻴﱠﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻠﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﻨﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻘﻪ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﻀﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻅﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺸﺩﺓ "ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﺎﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺘﺨﺼﻪ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻜﺈﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻤﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻭﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﻓﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺤﻕ ﻷﻯ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻭﻕ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻕ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻻ ﺸﺊ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺒﺒﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺒﻙ ﻭﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺼﻭﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﻴﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺨﻁﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺴﻴﺭﺸﺩﻙ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﺒﻭﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺯﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻁﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻜﺘﺤﻔﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻬﻭﺍﻥ ﻜﺈﺼﻴﺹ ﺯﺭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺃﺼﻼ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻤﻪ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺃﻏﺭﻕ ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘل ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻐﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪333‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺫﻟل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺨﺫﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﺸﻌﺒﺎ ﺫﺍ ﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﺠﻌل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﺴﻤًﺎ ﻋﻅﻴﻤًﺎ ﻤﻤﺠﺩًﺍ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻋﻅﻡ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻔﻌل ﻤﻊ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻀﻁﻬﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺫﻟﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﺜﻡ ﻴﻤﺠﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺭﺤﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺕ ﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺅﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺠﻨﺒﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻨﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل‬ ‫ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋ ﹰﺎ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﺜﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻫﻭﺸﻊ )‪ ،(23 :2‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺎل ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺒﻐﻀﻴﻥ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺭﻓﻀﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺼﺒﺤﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﹰﺍ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻻ ﻨﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻟﻙ ﺃﺒﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻨﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﺈﻋﻼﻥ ﻗﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻨﻴﺎﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻁﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﻕ ﺴﻴﺭﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺭﻓﻊ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺨﻁﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :27‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻜﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ ﺴﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﺨﻠﺼﻭﻥ )ﺇﺵ‪.(22 :10‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29-28‬ﻤﺘﻤﻡ ﺃﻤﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﻁﻴل ﺃﻨﺎﺘﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﺼﺩﻩ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺒﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻀﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻯ ﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﻋﺎﺩل ﺴﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻨﺴﻼ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪334‬‬

‫ﱠاس ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الت ِ‬

‫ﺴﻴﻅل ﺍﷲ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻴﺴﻤﻴﻬﻡ ﻨﺴل ﻗﻠﻴل‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻴﺘﺄﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻬﻠﻜﻬﻡ ﻜﺄﻫل ﺴﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﻋﻤﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫)ﺇﺵ‪ .(9 :1‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺴﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻻ ﺘﻼﺤﻅ ﻤﻌﻰ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺃﻓﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﻓﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻁﻭﺍل ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 2000‬ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺹ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺎ ﻗﺴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﻨﺨﺠل ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻨﺴﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬سبب تبرر األمم وعثرة اليھود )ع ‪:(33-30‬‬ ‫‪ 30‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﻧَﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟ ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ َﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳَﺴْﻌَﻮْﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﹶﺛ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺩ َﺭﻛﹸـﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱠ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹ َﳝـﺎﻥِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ! ‪ِ32‬ﻟﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ؟ َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْﺪ ﹺﺭ ْﻙ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻌَﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﹶﺛ ﹺﺮ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 31‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ َﻭﻫُ َﻮ َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺠ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ْﺪﻣَﺔ ِ‪ 33 ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﻫَﺎ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹶﻄ َﺪﻣُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻛﹶﺄﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻬُﻢُ ﺍ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺰَﻯ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺨ َﺮ ﹶﺓ َﻋ ﹾﺜ َﺮ ٍﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺻْ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺪ َﻣ ٍﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺠ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻬَﻴ ْﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻊُ ﻓِﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :31-30‬ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻅﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ؛ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻁﻭﺍل‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺒﻜل ﺤﺭﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺇﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺩﻯ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :32‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻟﻠﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴ َﻊ ﻟﻠﺒﺭ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻜﺜﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ ﻜﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻟﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺼﻁﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺒﺤﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻀﺢ ﺭﻴﺎﺀﻫﻡ ﻭﺭﻓﺽ ﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺼﻠﺒﻭﻩ ﻭﻗﺘﻠﻭﻩ ﻭﺃﻨﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪335‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :33‬ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺒﺴﻔﺭ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ )ﺇﺵ‪ ،(14 :8‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺼﻁﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻭﺨﺭﺠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻅﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺼﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻭﺤﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺨﺠل ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﺯﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﻠﻨﺴﺠﺩ ﺸﻜﺭًﺍ ﻹﻟﻬﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺒﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺴﺒﻨﺎ ﻜﺂﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺨﺘﺎﺭﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺭﺍﺀﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻜﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﺜﺒﺕ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺭﻓﻀﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ‬

‫ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺒﻁل ﻭﻻ ﻴﻠﻐﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻜﻘﺎﺌﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻴﺘﻘﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻴﺴﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪336‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬ ‫ش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َعا ِ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻺﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬اليھود يطلبون بر أنفسھم )ع‪:( 5-1‬‬ ‫ﻼﺹﹺ‪َ 2 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺷ َﻬﺪُ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ِﻫ َﻰ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱠ ﹶﺓ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻰ َﻭ َِﹶﻃ ِﹾﻠَﺒﺘِﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪1‬ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻭَﻳ ﹾﻄ ﹸﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹾﺜﹺﺒﺘُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑﺮﱠ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑﺮﱠ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ‪َ 3 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻛﹶﺎﻧُﻮﺍ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﹰﺓ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ِﻫﻰَ‪ :‬ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻀﻌُﻮﺍ ِﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﺍﷲِ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻏﹶﺎَﻳ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﻣ ْﻦ ُﻳ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ‪َ 5 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ‪«.‬‬ ‫َﻳ ﹾﻜﺘُﺐُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪» :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳَﻔﹾﻌَﻠﹸﻬَﺎ َﺳَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻤﺴﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻪ ﻫﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﻼﺹ‬

‫ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﻴﻤﺯﻗﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﻡ ﺤﺯﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﺤﺴﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻨﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺭُﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻁﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻨﺎﻗﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺘﻤﺴﻜﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﺫﻜﺭﺍ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺸﺨﺼﻴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺠﻬﻠﻪ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻨﻴﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﺒﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﻜﻤﻨﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻌﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺠﺎﻫل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﺠﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺄﺨﺫﻭﺍ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺢ ﻟﺫﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺨﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ‬ ‫ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪337‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺠﻬل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻴﻘﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻭﻀﻊ‬

‫ﺸﺭﻁﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺨﻁﺊ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‬ ‫ﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ؟!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤ َ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﻟﺘﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﻭ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺭﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺩﺭﺒﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﺘﺭﻴﺢ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﺴﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻓﺘﻠﺘﻤﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬بر المسيح متاح لكل إنسان )ع‪:(13-6‬‬ ‫ﺤ ِﺪ َﺭ‬ ‫ﻯ ﻟِﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ َﻌﺪُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﺀِ؟« ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ‪َ :‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫‪6‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻴﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ‪ » :‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹸﻘ ﹾﻞ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﹺﺒ َ‬

‫ﺕ‪8 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﻌ َﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻯ ﻟِﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ‪7 ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ » َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻬﹺﺒﻂﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻬَﺎ ﹺﻭَﻳﺔِ؟« ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺇ ِﻥ ﺍ ْﻋَﺘ َﺮ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻚ«‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻭَﻓِﻰ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻓ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫»ﹶﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ ﻗﹶﺮﹺﻳﺒَﺔﹲ ِﻣ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻯ ﹶﻛ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﺯُ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ‪َ 9 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ َ‬

‫ﺐ ﻳُ ْﺆ َﻣﻦُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﹺﺒﺮﱢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼﺖَ‪َ 10 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﺧ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎ َﻣﻪُ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻠﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺁ َﻣ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻕ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺨﺰَﻯ‪َ 12 «.‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ﹶﻓ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ » :‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﺹﹺ‪َ 11 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ َﻢ ﻳُ ْﻌَﺘ َﺮﻑُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬

‫ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻯﱢ ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﻴُﻮﻧَﺎﻧﹺﻰﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺭَﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﺪﻋُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑﻪِ‪َ 13 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﺪﻋُﻮ ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺳ ﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏﹺﻨﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﺺُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻋﺎ ﹴ‬

‫ﻭﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻫل ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ؟! ﺃﻯ‬

‫ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺤﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻅﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﺘﻔﻊ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ؟‬

‫‪338‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬ ‫ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺃﻨﺯل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8-7‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺜﻡ ﻨﺯل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺤﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﻼ ﻤﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻨﻙ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻁﻠـﺏ ﻤﻨﻙ ﺃﺤـﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﻭل ﻟﻠﻬـﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻹﻗﺎﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﻬﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪ .....‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺌﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻭﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﺠﺯﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺴﻴﺼﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﺯل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺴﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻤﺎﺘﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻨﻌﻡ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻤﻴﺴﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﻼ ﻨﺴﺘﻐل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ‬

‫ﻤﺎﺩﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﻔﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ؟ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺭﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻓﹰﺎ ﺸﻔﻬﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻠﻨﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺒﺴﻠﻭﻜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﺸﻬﺩ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻰ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺴﻘﻁﺎﺘﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺘﻨﻘﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻨﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﻥ ﻨﺼﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪339‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻰ )ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ( ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻜل‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺌﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻷﻥ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ )ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ( ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﷲ – ﺃﻯ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺘﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺜﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺩﻋﺔ "ﻋﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ"‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬ ‫ﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﺠﻭﺩ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﻩ ﺒل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﻭﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﻘﺭﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻓﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﺭﺹ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺘﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﻘﺎﺌﺼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺤﺒﻙ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻤل ﻜل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﻓﺭﺤﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻤﻼﹰ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬رفض اليھود للكرازة )ع‪:(21-14‬‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑﻪِ؟ َﻭ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ُﻳ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳ ْﺪﻋُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ؟ َﻭ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﺯُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُﺮْﺳَﻠﹸﻮﺍ؟ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﺪَﺍ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤَﺒﺸﱢﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﺭﹺﺯﹴ؟ ‪َ 15‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃﻃﹶﺎﻋُﻮﺍ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹶﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹺﺇ َﺷ ْﻌﻴَﺎ َﺀ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﻳَﺎ َﺭﺏﱡ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴﺮَﺍﺕِ‪16 «.‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺒَﺸﱢﺮﹺﻳﻦَ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﱠ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮﺍ؟ ﺑَﻠﹶﻰ!‬ ‫ﺨَﺒﺮُ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ‪18 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻬُﻢْ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺨَﺒ ﹺﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻕ َﺧَﺒ َﺮﻧَﺎ؟« ‪17‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸﻮَﻧ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﻮَﺍﹸﻟ ُﻬﻢْ‪19 «.‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻞﱠ ﺇﹺﺳْﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻮﺗُﻬُ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹶﺎﺻِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺝ َ‬ ‫ﺽ َﺧ َﺮ َ‬ ‫»ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ ﹺ‬

‫ﺲ ﺃﹸﻣﱠ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﺄﹸﻣﱠ ٍﺔ ﹶﻏﹺﺒﻴﱠ ٍﺔ ﹸﺃﻏِﻴ ﹸﻈ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪20 «.‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹺﺇ َﺷ ْﻌﻴَﺎ ُﺀ َﻳَﺘﺠَﺎ َﺳﺮُ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻌﻠﹶﻢْ؟ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﻣُﻮﺳَﻰ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﺃﹸ ِﻏﲑُﻛﹸ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺴﹶﺄﻟﹸﻮﺍ َﻋﻨﱢﻰ‪21 «.‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮﺕُ ﻇﹶﺎﻫِﺮًﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫َﻭَﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﻭُ ﹺﺟ ْﺪﺕُ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺒُﻮﻧﹺﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِ‬

‫ﺐ ُﻣﻌَﺎﹺﻧ ٍﺪ َﻭ ُﻣﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﻭﻡﹴ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹾﻄﺖُ َﻳ َﺪﻯﱠ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺷ ْﻌ ﹴ‬ ‫ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﹶﻓَﻴﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﻃﹸﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬَﺎ ﹺﺭ َﺑ َ‬

‫‪340‬‬

‫اش ُر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح ال َع ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻜﺎﺭﺯ )ﻤﺒﺸﺭ(‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺯﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺴﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ )ﺇﺵ‪ (7 :52‬ﻭﻁﻭﱠﺏ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺼﻔﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺒﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﻜﺄﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺘﻬﺩﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻭﻋﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﺅﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺴﺄل ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻜﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫل ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺠﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺘﺒﺩﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻫﻤﻭﻡ ﻭﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ؟!‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺼﺩﻗﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻴﺸﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺜل ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻭﺽ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺼﺩﻗﻭﺍ ﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻴﺼﺩﻕ ﺨﺒﺭﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﻗﺎﻭﻤﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ )ﺇﺵ‪ (1 :53‬ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺘﺼﺩﻴﻕ ﺨﺒﺭ ﻭﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺭﺍﻓﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﺒﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺍﻓﺽ ﷲ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺤﺠﺔ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﺃﻗﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﺨﺒﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺍﻨﻁﻠﻘﻭﺍ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻠﺩﻩ ﻴﻨﻘل ﺍﻷﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺘﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﺠﻤﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20-19‬ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻗﺩ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﺨﺒﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻭﻩ ﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻨﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻭﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻨﺒﺂ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪341‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻭﻻ ﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ )‪ (21 :32‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﻜﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻴﻐﻴﻅﻬﻡ ﺒﻘﺒﻭل‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎ "ﺍﻷﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﻴﺔ" ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻷﺫﻜﻴﺎﺀ؟‬ ‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ )‪ (1 :65‬ﻗﺎﺌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻜﺈﻟﻪ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤًﺎ ﻭﻭﺍﻀﺤًﺎ ﻟﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻠﺒﻭﻨﻨﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﺄﻟﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺤﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻌﻭﺩﻙ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻓﻘﺩ ﺒﺴﻁﺕ ﻴﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ )ﻁﻭﺍل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ( ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻨﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻫﻡ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﺤﺠﺭﺕ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻭﻤﻭﻨﻰ ﻭﻋﺎﻨﺩﻭﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺒﺴﻁﺕ ﻴﺩﻯ ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﺴﻁﹰﺎ )ﻓﺎﺘﺤﺎﹰ( ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀﺔ ﺨﻼﺼﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪342‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬مستقبل اليھود من جھة الخالص )ع‪:( 10-1‬‬ ‫ﻂ ﹺﺑ ْﻨﻴَﺎ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻞ ﹺﺇْﺑﺮَﺍﻫِﻴ َﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺳ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺷَﻌْﺒَﻪُ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ِﻠﻰﱞ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺭ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻞﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳَﺘ َﻮﺳﱠﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻓِﻰ ﺇﹺﻳﻠِﻴﱠﺎ؟ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺷ ْﻌَﺒﻪُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓ َﻌ َﺮ ﹶﻓﻪُ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺾﺍُ‬ ‫‪2‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﺮﻓﹸ ﹺ‬

‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ َﻭ ْﺣﺪِﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﺑﻘِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺿﺪﱠ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﻗﹶﺎِﺋﻼﹰ‪»3 :‬ﻳَﺎ َﺭﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗَﺘﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﹺﺒﻴَﺎ َﺀ َﻙ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻫ َﺪﻣُﻮﺍ َﻣﺬﹶﺍﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ِ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺤﻨُﻮﺍ ﺭُ ﹾﻛَﺒ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﻑ َﺭﺟُ ﹴﻞ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ َﺳ ْﺒ َﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺁ ﹶﻻ ِ‬ ‫َﻳ ﹾﻄ ﹸﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ‪4 «.‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﺣ ُﻰ؟ »ﹶﺃْﺑ ﹶﻘ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍ ْﺧِﺘﻴَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔِ‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺑ ِﻘﻴﱠ ﹲﺔ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹺﺮ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﱠﻣَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟَﺒ ْﻌﻞﹴ‪ 5 «.‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹰ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹰﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﻓﹶﺎﹾﻟ َﻌ َﻤﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺨﺘَﺎﺭُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻧَﺎﻟﹸﻮﻩُ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎﻗﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳَﻨ ﹾﻠﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﻻ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ َﻋ َﻤﻼﹰ‪7 .‬ﻓﹶﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ؟ ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻄﻠﹸﺒُﻪُ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺮُﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺁﺫﹶﺍﻧًﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻋُﻴُﻮﻧًﺎ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ُﺳﺒَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺭُﻭ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓَﺘ ﹶﻘﺴﱠﻮْﺍ‪ 8 ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎ ُﻫ ُﻢ ﺍ ُ‬

‫َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺮ ﻣَﺎِﺋ َﺪﺗُﻬُ ْﻢ ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭَﻗﹶﻨَﺼًﺎ َﻭ َﻋ ﹾﺜ َﺮ ﹰﺓ َﻭﻣُﺠَﺎﺯَﺍ ﹰﺓ ﹶﻟ ُﻬﻢْ‪ِ10 .‬ﻟُﺘ ﹾﻈ ِﻠ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮﻡﹺ‪َ 9 «.‬ﻭﺩَﺍ ُﻭ ُﺩ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ِ» :‬ﻟَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﻦ ﹸﻇﻬُﻮ َﺭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﺣﲔﹴ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮُﻭﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹾﻟَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻴُﻨُﻬُ ْﻢ ﻛﹶﻰ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﺒ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻑ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﺇﻁﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﻟﻴل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻰ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﺒﻨﻴﺎﻤﻴﻥ ﹶﻗﺒﹺﹶﻠ ُﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺨﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻅﻴﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻜﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒل ﻜﻜﺎﺭﺯ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4-2‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻜﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﺼﻠﺒﻭﻩ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺭﻓﻀﻬـﻡ ﻜﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﹰﺎ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻗﺎل "ﻫﻭﺫﺍ ﺒﻴﺘﻜـﻡ ﻴﺘﺭﻙ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺨـﺭﺍﺒﺎﹰ"‬

‫)ﻤﺕ‪ ،(38 :23‬ﺇﻋﻼﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻅل ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ ﻓﺎﺘﺤ ﹰﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ .‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺠﻴل ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﻟﻴل ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪343‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻼ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻗﺘﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺍﺒﺢ )ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﺸﺘﻜﻰ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﷲ ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﻟﻭﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺜﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﻠﺒﻭﺍ ﻗﺘل ﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ‪ 7000‬ﺭﺠل ﻟﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺠﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﻌل )ﺍﻤل‪ .(18 :19‬ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺎل ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1000‬ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ‬

‫‪ 7000‬ﻴﺤﻴﻭﺍ ﺒﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺒل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺘﺩﺨل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ؟ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻴﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﻟﻘﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻴﺭﺴل ﻟﻪ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻟﺘﺅﺍﺯﺭﻩ ﻭﺘﻨﻴﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﻜﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻤﻼ‪ :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻤﻼ ﻤﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻰ‬

‫ﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻨﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﻟﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ‬ ‫ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ؟‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨل ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻁﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﺤﻕ ﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﻟﻪ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻋﻤل‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴﻠﻴﻴﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﺘﻜﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻭﺠﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﻜﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﺠﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻻﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﺍﻓﻀﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻴﺠﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻭﻡ ﻋﻤﻴﻕ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻤﻌﻭﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻭﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪344‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺠﻴﺎل‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻭﺴﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻋﻴﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺁﺫﺍﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ )ﺘﺙ‪ ،(4 :29‬ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ )ﺇﺵ‪.(12-10 :29‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺘﺭﻤﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺸﺒﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺴﻴﺩﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﺨﹰﺎ ﻭﻤﻬﻠﻜﺎﹰ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺸﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﻭﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺯ )‪ ،(23، 22 :69‬ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل َﻴﺩْﻋِﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻨﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒل‬ ‫ﺴﻴﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻴﺘﻌﺏ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺘﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺩﺴﻤﺔ ﺠﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﻭﻯ ﺭﻤﻭﺯﹰﺍ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬

‫ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻸﺴﻑ ﺃﺨﺫﻭﺍ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺤﺭﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ‬

‫ﻭﻴﻤﻬﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻜﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻴﻤﻨﻌﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺫﺓ ﻭﻓﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﷲ ﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻻﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻫﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﻜل ﺼﻼﺡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬دعوة ﷲ لليھود لإليمان بالمسيح )ع‪:(32-11‬‬ ‫ﻼﺹُ ِﻟﻸُ َﻣـ ﹺﻢ ِﻹﻏﹶﺎ َﺭِﺗ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻘﻄﹸﻮﺍ؟ ﺣَﺎﺷَﺎ! َﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑ َﺰﻟﱠِﺘ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻬُﻢْ َﻋﹶﺜﺮُﻭﺍ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻯﱢ ﻣِﻠﹾﺆُﻫُﻢْ؟ ‪ 13‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺯﻟﱠﺘُﻬُ ْﻢ ِﻏًﻨﻰ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭُﻧ ﹾﻘﺼَﺎُﻧ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻏًﻨﻰ ِﻟﻸُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺒَﺎﺋِﻰ َﻭﺃﹸ َﺧﻠﱢﺺُ ﺃﹸﻧَﺎﺳًﺎ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢُ‪ :‬ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﺭَﺳُﻮﻝﹲ ِﻟﻸُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﺃﹸ َﻣﺠﱢ ُﺪ ﺧِﺪْﻣَﺘِﻰ‪14 ،‬ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱢﻰ ﺃﹸ ِﻏﲑُ ﹶﺃْﻧ ِ‬

‫ﺤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻗِﺘﺒَﺎﹸﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ َﺣﻴَﺎ ﹰﺓ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍﺕِ؟ ‪َ 16‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫‪َ 15‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﺭ ﹾﻓﻀُﻬُ ْﻢ ﻫُ َﻮ ُﻣﺼَﺎﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏﺼَﺎﻥﹸ! ‪ 17‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻞﹸ ُﻣ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﺳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠﲔُ! َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎﻛﹸﻮ َﺭﺓﹸ ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ َﺳ ﹰﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ِ‬

‫ﺻ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﱠْﻳﺘُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ َﻭ َﺩ َﺳ ِﻤﻬَﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺕ َﺷﺮﹺﻳﻜﹰﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺯَﻳْﺘُﻮﻧَﺔﹲ َﺑﺮﱢﻳﱠ ﹲﺔ ﻃﹸﻌﱢ ْﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻗﹸ ِﻄ َﻊ َﺑ ْﻌﺾُ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏﺼَﺎ ِﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫‪345‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺤ ِﻤﻞﹸ!‬ ‫ﺻﻞﹸ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ َﻙ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹶﻞ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻤﻞﹸ ﺍ َﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺮ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏﺼَﺎﻥِ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ِﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺗ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِ‬ ‫‪ 18‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨًﺎ! ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻋ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻗﹸ ِﻄ َﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏﺼَﺎ ﹸﻥ ُﻷ ﹶﻃﻌﱠ َﻢ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‪َ 20 «.‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪» :‬ﻗﹸ ِﻄ َﻌ ِ‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﹶﻓ َ‬

‫ﺸ ِﻔﻖُ‬ ‫ﺸ ِﻔ ْﻖ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻷَﻏﹾﺼَﺎﻥِ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ ِﻌﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ َﻌﻠﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ﹾﻜﹺﺒ ْﺮ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺧﻒْ! ‪َ 21‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﺛَﺒﺖﱠ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺻﺮَﺍ َﻣﺘُﻪُ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺮَﺍ َﻣﺔﹸ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﺳ ﹶﻘﻄﹸﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱡﻠ ﹾﻄ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻒﺍِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ! ‪ 22‬ﹶﻓ ُﻬ َﻮﺫﹶﺍ ﹸﻟ ﹾﻄ ُ‬ ‫َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺳﺘُ ﹾﻘ ﹶﻄﻊُ‪َ 23 .‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﺜﺒُﺘُﻮﺍ ﻓِﻰ َﻋ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪َ ،‬ﺳُﻴ ﹶﻄﻌﱠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻒ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﻓﹶﺄْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺛَﺒﺖﱠ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻠ ﹾﻄ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﱠْﻳﺘُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒﺮﱢﻳﱠ ِﺔ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﻗﹸ ِﻄ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﺩِﺭٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ﹶﻄﻌﱢ َﻤﻬُ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ 24 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹸ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ َﻌ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻃﹸﻌﱢ ْﻤ َ‬

‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ َﻌ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﺯْﻳﺘُﻮَﻧِﺘ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻯﱢ ﻳُ ﹶﻄﻌﱠﻢُ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺒﹺﻴ َﻌ ِﺔ ﻓِﻰ َﺯْﻳﺘُﻮَﻧ ٍﺔ َﺟﻴﱢ َﺪ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺨَﺎﺻﱠﺔِ؟‬

‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ُﺣ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎ َﺀ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺠ َﻬﻠﹸﻮﺍ َﻫ ﹶﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﱢﺮﱠ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫‪ 25‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْ‬

‫ﺨﻠﹸﺺُ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺴَﺎ َﻭ ﹶﺓ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺟُﺰْﺋِﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﻹ ْﺳﺮَﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْﺪﺧُ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ﹾﻠﺆُ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪َ 26 ،‬ﻭ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ َﺳَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻬَﻴ ْﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ْﻨ ِﻘﺬﹸ َﻭَﻳﺮُﺩﱡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔﺠُﻮ َﺭ َﻋ ْﻦ ﻳَﻌْﻘﹸﻮﺏَ‪َ 27 .‬ﻭ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ْﻬ ُﺪ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُﺝُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪َ » :‬ﺳَﻴ ْ‬

‫ِﻗَﺒﻠِﻰ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣﺘَﻰ َﻧ َﺰ ْﻋﺖُ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎﻫُﻢْ‪ِ 28 «.‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻋْﺪَﺍﺀٌ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ‬

‫ﷲ َﻭ َﺩﻋْ َﻮَﺗﻪُ ِﻫ َﻰ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻧﺪَﺍ َﻣﺔٍ‪ 30 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺕﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺧِﺘﻴَﺎ ﹺﺭ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ ُﺀ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻵﺑَﺎ ِﺀ‪َ 29 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ِﻫﺒَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﻴَﺎ ِﻥ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ‪َ 31 ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُﻄِﻴﻌُﻮﺍ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ُﺭ ِﺣ ْﻤُﺘ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ِﻌ ْ‬ ‫َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﹶﻻ ﺗُﻄِﻴﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﻴَﺎ ِﻥ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ْﺮ َﺣ َﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ َﻣﻌًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻏ ﹶﻠ َﻖ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻳُ ْﺮ َﺣﻤُﻮﺍ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ ﹺﺑ َﺮﺣْ َﻤِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ 32 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻋﺜﺭﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺼﺩﻗﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻏﺎﺭﺘﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺘﺤﻤﺴﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺴﺄل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻜﺎﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ‪ ،‬ﻫل ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺼﺩﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ؟‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻋﺜﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﻫﻰ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﺅﻗﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻹﻨﻘﺎﺫ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺙ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺯﻟﺘﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﺒﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺼﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻘﺼﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﺨﻠﻭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪346‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ "ﺯﻟﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻀﺢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻭل ﺯﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻤﻠﺅﻫﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﺭﻜﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺴﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﻨﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺸﻐل ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﻜﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﹰﺎ ﺭﺴﻭل‬ ‫ﻟﻸﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺸﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﺸﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺌﻤًﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺤﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻤﺘﻌﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﺢ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺴﻴﺭﺠﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﻋﻭﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ )ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ( ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺎﻜﻭﺭﺓ )ﻭﻫﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﻭل ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﺩ ﷲ ﻓﻴﺘﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺢ ﻜﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺠﻴﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻟﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻷﺼل )ﺠﺫﺭ ﻭﺴﺎﻕ ﺸﺠﺭﺓ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ( ﻭﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻁﻌﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻁﺭﺤﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺯﻴﺘﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ )ﻻ ﺘﺤﻤل‬ ‫‪347‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺜﻤﺭﺍﹰ( ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺀﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩًﺍ ﻟﺘﺘﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺠﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻁﻌﱠﻤﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻤﻨﺘﺴﺒ ﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺘﻐﺫﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻅﺎﻨ ﹰﺎ ﺃﻨﻙ ﺃﻓﻀل‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺜﻤﺭﺕ ﺜﻤﺎﺭًﺍ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀل‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺼل‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺁﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﺃﻨﺒﻴﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻤﻠﻙ ﻭﻴﻐﺫﻴﻙ ﻭﻟﻭﻻﻩ ﻟﺴﻘﻁﺕ ﺃﻨﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20-19‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺼﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺕ ﺃﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ؛ ﻓﻠﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻌﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻀﻌﻨﻰ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺜﺒﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻙ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭًﺍ ﻤﻔﺘﺨﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺨﺎﺌﻔﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺨﻼﺼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻙ ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻨﻙ‬ ‫ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺌﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﺠﺩﻙ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﻨﻘﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻭﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﻜل ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﻷﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﻁﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﺎﺭﻯ ﺒﻼ ﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻌﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﺼﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺸﻙ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﺕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻠﻜﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺼﺎﺭﻡ ﻭﻴﻘﻁﻊ ﺭﺍﻓﻀﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻠﻁﻔﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻁﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪348‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ع‪ :24‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻓﻀﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﻨﺕ‬

‫ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﺯﻴﺘﻭﻨﺔ ﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺘﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻁﻌﻤﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻬل ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻁﻌﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺘﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺒﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺤﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﻗﺭﺃﺘﻪ ﺒل ﻭﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻓﺼﻭ ﹰ‬

‫ﻗﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺃﺼل ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺘﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﻁﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻴﻌﻭﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺘﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﺭﺠﻌﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻜﻐﺼﻥ ﺠﺎﻑ ﻤﻴﺕ ﻤﺼﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺎل ﻟﻜل‬

‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ )ﻴﻭ‪" (6 :15‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻻ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻁﺭﺡ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻟﻐﺼﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﻑ ﻭﻴﺠﻤﻌﻭﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻴﻁﺭﺤﻭﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺭﻕ"‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :25‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺴﺎﻫﺎ ﻜل ﺃﻤﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻗﺩ ﺘﻘﺴﻰ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ ﻟﻠﺩﺨﻭل‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﻘﺒل‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻅﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻤﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺠﺎﻫ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻴﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻌﻭﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :26‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﺴﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل؟ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻘﺫ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻴﻐـﻴﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻤﺘﻰ ﺃﺒﺩﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺭﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﺭﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻭﺭ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻜﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺢ؟!‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :27‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﺃﻯ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻜل ﺸﻬﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :28‬ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻋﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﺭﻴﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﻤﻴﺭﻴﻜﺘﺎﻥ ﻤﺜ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺃﻯ ﻤﻠﺅ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ )ﻉ‪ (25‬ﺴﻴﻅل ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪349‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺀ ﻟﻺﻨﺠﻴل‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼل ﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺤﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺁﺒﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺇﺴﺤﻕ ﻭﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﻬﻡ ﺴﻴﻅل ﺸﻌﺒﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻭﻋﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﺒﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺨﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻐﺘﺼﺒﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻭﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺫﺒﺎﺌﺤﻪ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺃﺭﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺒل ﺒﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻔﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :31-30‬ﻭﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻴﺎ ﺃﻤﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺩﻋﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻜﻡ ﺭﻓﻀﺘﻡ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻭﺸﻌﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺼﺭﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻋﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴُﺭﺤﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﻨﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺭُﺤﻤﺘﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻌل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻟﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﻘﺭ ﺃﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻴﺩﺭﻯ ﻓﺭﺒﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻫﻭ ﻗﺩﻴﺱ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻏﺩﺍﹰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ‬ ‫ع‪ :32‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﻡ ﻭﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺭُﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺭُﺤﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺤل ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬سمو حكمة ﷲ )ع‪:(36-33‬‬

‫‪350‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫الحا ِدى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح َ‬ ‫ﺺ َﻭﻃﹸﺮُ ﹶﻗﻪُ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺳِﺘ ﹾﻘﺼَﺎﺀِ!‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻭ ِﺣ ﹾﻜ َﻤِﺘ ِﻪ َﻭ ِﻋ ﹾﻠ ِﻤـﻪِ! ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃْﺑ َﻌ َﺪ ﺃﹶﺣْﻜﹶﺎﻣَﻪُ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ْ‬ ‫‪33‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﻟﻌُ ْﻤ ﹺﻖ ِﻏﻨَﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺸﲑًﺍ؟ ‪ 35‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎ ُﻩ ﹶﻓﻴُﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻓﺄﹶ؟« ‪َ 36‬ﻷﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﻑ ِﻓ ﹾﻜ َﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﻣُ ِ‬ ‫‪َ »34‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﻋ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ َﻭﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﻭﹶﻟﻪُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎﺀِ‪ .‬ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬

‫ع‪ :33‬ﺤﻘﹰﺎ ﻴﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﷲ! ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﻜل‬

‫ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺎ ﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ!‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﱠﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺤﺹ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻭﻴﻔﺤﺹ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺒﻪ؟ ﻭﻜﺄﻥ ﺨﻁﻁ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :34‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﺭﻑ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ؟!‬ ‫ع‪ :35‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻁﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﻜﺈﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﺌﻪ ﷲ؟ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻭﻫﺏ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ﷲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﺴﺭ ﻓﻴﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﺤﻘﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ؟‬

‫ﻕ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺘﻪ‬ ‫ع‪ :36‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﻨﻪ )ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﻜل ﺸﺊ( ﻭﺒﻪ )ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻜﺎﺌﻥ ﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﻤﺤﻔﻭﻅ ﻭﺒﺎ ٍ‬

‫ﻭﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ( ﻭﻟﻪ )ﻜل ﺍﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻤل ﻟﻤﺠﺩﻩ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺃﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺘﺒﺩﻭ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺩﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﺘﻌَﻠﻥ ﻟﻙ ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸـﺭﻯ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺤﻔﻅﻙ ﻭﺘﺭﻋﺎﻙ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺩﺭﻙ ﻜﻡ ﺃﺤﺒﻙ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻁﻪ ﻭﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭﺍﺘﻪ ﺁﻟﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫـﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻭﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻗﺒل ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﺭ ﺒﻙ ﻭﺃﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋـﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪351‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺡ )‪ (16 - 12‬ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬تقديس الجسد والعقل للحياة الروحية مع ﷲ )ع ‪:(2-1‬‬ ‫ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺿﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹰﺔ َﺣﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ َﺳ ﹰﺔ َﻣ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴَﺎ َﺩ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ﹺﺑ َﺮﹾﺃ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﺪِﻳ ِﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻫَﺎﹺﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ِ ،‬ﻟَﺘﺨَْﺘﹺﺒﺮُﻭﺍ ﻣَﺎ ِﻫ َﻰ‬ ‫ِﻋﺒَﺎ َﺩَﺗﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹾﻘ ِﻠﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪َ 2 .‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺗُﺸَﺎﻛِﻠﹸﻮﺍ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ْﻫ َﺮ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺗ َﻐﻴﱠﺮُﻭﺍ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺷ ﹾﻜ ِﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﱠﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎ ِﻣ ﹶﻠﺔﹸ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﺭَﺍ َﺩﺓﹸ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻜل ﺭﺃﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺩﻡ‬

‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺌﻪ ﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺫﺒﺢ ﻭﻴﻁﺭﺩ ﻜل ﺸﻬﻭﺓ ﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺨﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻻ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺄﻫل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺘﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻴﺘﺠﺎﺴﺭ ﻭﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﻐﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﺠﺎﺭﺍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺘﻨﺭ ﺫﻫﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺩﺨل ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺒًﺎ ﻭﺘﻔﻬﻤًﺎ ﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻌﻜﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻰ )ﺸﻜﻠﻜﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻋﻠﻡ ﺇﻨﻙ ﻭﺇﻨﺕ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺌﻙ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺸﺎﺭﻜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺴﻘﺕ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺫﻫﻨﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻜﻥ ﻗﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﺼﻠﻙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻨﺸﻐ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪352‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫)‪ (2‬أنواع المواھب فى الكنيسة )ع ‪:(8-3‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ْﻨَﺒﻐِﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْﺮَﺗِﺌ َﻰ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﻌْﻄﹶﺎﺓِ ﻟِﻰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﺮَﺗِﺌ َﻰ ﹶﻓ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍﺪ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ ﺃﹶﻋْﻀَﺎﺀٌ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣ ﹾﻘﺪَﺍﺭًﺍ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪ 4 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻢ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﺮَﺗِﺌ َﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ ﱡﻘ ﹺﻞ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺜِﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪َ :‬ﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻷَﻋْﻀَﺎﺀِ ﻟﹶﻬَﺎ َﻋ َﻤ ﹲﻞ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ‪َ 5 ،‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ٌﺪ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹲﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﻌﻄﹶﺎ ِﺓ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻧُﺒُﻮﱠ ﹲﺓ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺾ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﻟِﻶ َﺧﺮﹺ‪َ 6 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟﻨَﺎ َﻣﻮَﺍ ِﻫﺐُ ﻣُﺨَْﺘ ِﻠ ﹶﻔﺔﹲ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺃﹶﻋْﻀَﺎﺀٌ ﺑَﻌْﻀًﺎ ِﻟَﺒ ْﻌ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻆ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨ ْﺪ َﻣ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ َﻌﻠﱢﻢُ ﻓﹶﻔِﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴ ﹺﻢ‪8 ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﹾﻮَﺍﻋِﻆﹸ ﹶﻓﻔِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ِﺔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪7 ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ِﺧ ْﺪ َﻣ ﹲﺔ ﻓﹶﻔِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎﻟﻨﱢ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺮُﻭﺭﹴ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺨَﺎ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ َﺪﺑﱢﺮُ ﹶﻓﺒﹺﺎ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ ٍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍ ِﺣﻢُ ﹶﻓﹺﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﻌْﻄِﻰ ﹶﻓﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺸﺭﺡ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺈﺭﺸﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﻌﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺩﻓﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺭﺘﺌﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻴﺭﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺫﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﻐﺭﻭﺭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺭﻯ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺩﺭﻙ ﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻭﻫﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺴ ﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5-4‬ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺠﻌل ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻜﺄﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻭﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻜل ﻋﻀﻭ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻜل ﻓﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﻴﺄﺨﺫﻫﺎ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﻟﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﺘﻬﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻫﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪353‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺓ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﻜﺸﻑ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﺴﻔﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﻴﻭﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻁﻕ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻠﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺩﺍﺩﺍﹰ ﻟﻸﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺜﺎﻨﻴ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺴﺎﺴ ﹰﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺴﺎﻤﻰ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻭﺘﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻭﺘﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻨﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﻤﻭﻫﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﻤﺠﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﻤﺜل "ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﺭﺍﺒﻌ ﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻅ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﺼﺢ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻼﺌﻕ ﻜﺄﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻡ ﻴﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻋﻅ ﻴﺨﺎﻁﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺩﻓﻌﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻟﻠﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻓﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻰ ﻓﻬﻭ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﺃﻯ ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻓﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺨﺎﻤﺴﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜل‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ؟ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺨﺫ ﺒﺠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻕ‬

‫‪354‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺴﻁﺤﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﺒﺭ ﻴﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺒﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻌﻤل‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺜﻡ ﻴﻭﺍﺼل ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻓﻴﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺴﺭﻭﺭ ﺃﻯ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻤﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﻁﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﻜﻌﻀﻭ ﺤﻰ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺕ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺠﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺒﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻁﻴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻬﻥ ﺒﺄﻯ ﻋﻤل ﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺘﺴﺘﻜﺒﺭ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻙ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻤﻨﻙ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻤﻭﻫﻭﺒﹰﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺨﻠﺼﻙ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺌﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الفضائل فى المجتمع المسيحى )ع ‪:(21-9‬‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ‪10 ،‬ﻭَﺍﺩﱢﻳﻦَ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﻘ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ ﻣُﻠﹾَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﺭﻳَﺎﺀٍ‪ .‬ﻛﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹺﺭ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹸ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﺘ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫‪9‬ﹶﺍﻟﹾ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻻ ْﺟِﺘﻬَﺎ ِﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺎﺭﱢﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌﻀًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﺮَﺍ َﻣ ِﺔ‪ 11 ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ُﻣَﺘﻜﹶﺎ ِﺳ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﺍ َﻷ َﺧ ﹺﻮﻳﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬

‫ﻼ ِﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎﹺﺑﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻀِﱠ ْﻴ ﹺﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻮﺍ ِﻇﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺡ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎﹺﺑﺪِﻳ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ‪ 12 ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹺﺮ ِﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬

‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ْﺣِﺘﻴَﺎﺟَﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪13‬ﻣُﺸَْﺘ ﹺﺮ ِﻛ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹺﺇﺿَﺎ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻐ َﺮﺑَﺎﺀِ‪14 .‬ﺑَﺎ ﹺﺭﻛﹸﻮﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎ ِﻛ ِﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺾ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ِﻟَﺒ ْﻌ ﹴ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭُﺑﻜﹶﺎ ًﺀ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎ ِﻛﲔَ‪ُ 16 .‬ﻣ ْﻬَﺘﻤﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻄ ﹺﻬﺪُﻭَﻧ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ .‬ﺑَﺎ ﹺﺭﻛﹸﻮﺍ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹾﻠ َﻌﻨُﻮﺍ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓ َﺮﺣًﺎ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﹺﺮ ِﺣ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﻀ ِﻌﲔَ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ُﺣ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎ َﺀ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﺎ ُﻷﻣُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎِﻟَﻴ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ُﻣ ْﻨﻘﹶﺎﺩِﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺘﱠ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎﻣًﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻣُ ْﻬَﺘﻤﱢ َ‬

‫ﲔ ﹺﺑﹸﺄﻣُﻮ ﹴﺭ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺸﺮﱟ‪ .‬ﻣُﻌَْﺘﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸﻢْ‪ 17 .‬ﹶﻻ ُﺗﺠَﺎﺯُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺪًﺍ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺷﺮﱟ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨ ٍﺔ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍ َﻡ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪18 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻣُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻨًﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ ُﺀ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺃﹶﻋْﻄﹸﻮﺍ َﻣﻜﹶﺎﻧًﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻃﹶﺎ ﹶﻗِﺘﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﺳَﺎِﻟﻤُﻮﺍ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪ 19 .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗﻨَْﺘ ِﻘﻤُﻮﺍ َﻷْﻧﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ َ‬

‫ﺶ ﻓﹶﺎ ْﺳ ِﻘﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻉ َﻋﺪُﻭﱡ َﻙ ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻃﹾ ِﻌﻤْﻪُ‪َ .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﻋ ِﻄ َ‬ ‫َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪ِ» :‬ﻟ َﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ﹾﻘ َﻤﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹸﺃﺟَﺎﺯﹺﻯ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪ 20 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﺟَﺎ َ‬

‫ﺨ ْﻴﺮﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠ َﻤ ْﻊ َﺟ ْﻤ َﺮ ﻧَﺎ ﹴﺭ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺭﹾﺃ ِﺳﻪِ‪ 21 «.‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻐ ِﻠَﺒﻨﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫َﻷﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱡ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ﹾﻏ ِﻠ ﹺ‬

‫ﻴﻨﺘﻘل ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﻫﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺩﺭﺝ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﺜل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻁﻔﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺫل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻷﺠل ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺴُﻤﻴﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪355‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺒﻼ ﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺒﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺫل ﺒﻼ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‬

‫ﺠﺯﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ؛ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜﺎﺭﻫﹰﺎ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻻ ﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻨﻜﺭﻫﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﺏ ﺸﺨﺼﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺼﻨﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﺘﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﺍﻟﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ )ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻤﻠﺔ( ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﺎﻤل ﺒﻌﻀﻪ ﺒﻌﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺒﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﻅﻬﺭﺍﹰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻟﻶﺨﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺩﻴﻥ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺩ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻨﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻠﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﻻﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻨﺎ ﺒﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺤﻤﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻨﻌﺒﺩﻩ ﺒﺼﺩﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻌﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻭﻨﺼﻠﻰ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺘﺸﺘﻌل ﺤﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻜﺎﺴل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﻤﺴﻴﺭﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺘﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻫﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﻴﺤﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﺴﻘﺎﻁﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﺒﺢ ﻭﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻨﺠﺤﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﺍﻅﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﻘﻭل ﻻ ﺸﺊ ﻴﻔﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺠﺩ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺏ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻁﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺵ ﻭﻅﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺴﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﻋﻀﻭ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻷﺨﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺎﺸﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻤﻰ "ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻯ ﻓﺭﻭﻕ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜل ﺸﺒﻌﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪356‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻜﻔﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻜﻑ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻤﺎ ﻻﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻠﺩ ﺇﻟىﺄﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺼﻌﺩ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺭﻭﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﺭﻭﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺠﺒل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻻ ﺘﻠﻌﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺃﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﻀﻁﻬﺩﻨﻰ ﻭﻴﻅﻠﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﻴﺴﻠﺏ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻰ؟!! ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻑ‬

‫ﻓﻤﻥ ﻴﻀﻁﻬﺩﻨﻰ ﻗﺩ ﺴﻘﻁ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻴﺩ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻨﻘﺫﻩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﻭل ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻋﻀﻭًﺍ ﻤﺜﻠﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻁﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺘﻪ ﺴﺘﺅﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻴﺎﺸﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﺭﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻭﺏ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻉ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺨﺭ ﺇﺯﺍﺀ ﺠﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻀﺎﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺘﺤﻤﱠﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﺭﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﻨﺸﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻟﺨﻴﺭﻨﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻨﻔﻴﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﺒﺎﺭﻜﻬﻡ ﻭﻨﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻭﺠﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻓﺭﺡ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﺒﻼ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺒﻼ ﺤﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺯﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻴﺭﻓﺽ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺯﻨﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻻ‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺤﺯﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻤﻭﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ‬

‫ﺼﺩﺭ ﺤﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻥ ﻤﺼﻐﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﻤﻌﺯﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﺍﻻﺘﻀﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺸﺭﻜﺘﻨﺎ ﺒﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﺘﺼﻴﺭﻨﺎ ﺠﺴﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﺔ )ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﻨﻘﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻌﻴﻥ ﺃﻯ ﻨﺘﻤﺜل ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻨﻘﺘﺩﻯ ﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻴﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻴﻁﻴﻊ ﻭﻴﺨﻀﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﻫﻭﺍﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺨﺎﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪357‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﺯﺍﺌﻔﺔ ﻭﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺫﻜﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺤﺴﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻟﻐﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺜل‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭ ﻷﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﻴﺌﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؛ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﺏ ﻋﺜﺭﺓ ﺒﺄﻯ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺨﺎﻁﺊ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻤﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎ ﺒﻠﻴﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺏ ﻭﻟﻁﻑ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺠﺩﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺴﺎﻟﻤﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺴﻌﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻜﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﺒﻘﻠﺏ ﺼﺎﻓﻰ ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﻤﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻰ ﻟﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻜﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻁﺎﻗﺘﻜﻡ"؟‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻤﻌﻰ ﺒﻼ ﺃﻯ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺃﻨﻨﻰ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻷﻯ ﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺭﻴﺌﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﺤﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﻴﺼﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻻﺸﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻜﻁﺒﻴﺏ ﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺭﻴﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻨﻙ ﻭﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻁ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﻀﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺠﻌل ﺍﷲ ﻴﻐﻀﺏ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﺴﻴﻨﺘﻘﻡ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﺩل ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺯﺍﺓ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﺅﺩﺏ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺕ ﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﺅﺩﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻜﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻊ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﻟﻠﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪358‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح الثﱠانِى َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻭﻙ ﺠﻭﻋﺎﻥ ﻭﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻋﻁﻪ ﻭﺴﺎﻋﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻁﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﺘﻀﻁﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺠل ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻴﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﻴﻭﺒﺦ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻴﺘﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻙ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﻨﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺘﺤﺭﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺃﺴﻪ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺤﻭﻙ ﻓﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻭﻴﺤﺒﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﻫﻰ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭ ﺒل ﺒﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺭ‬

‫ﻨﻐﻠﺒﻪ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﻭﺏ ﺒﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻕ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻭﺍﺌﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻤﺩﻋﻭ ﻻﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﻜل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻟﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺒﻨﹰﺎ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻼﺼﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﺤﺏ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﻪ ﻭﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺎل ﺴﻼﻤﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻭﺍﺘﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪359‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح الثﱠالِ ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺗﻮﺑﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪(1‬واجبات المسيحى نحو المجتمع )ع‪:( 7-1‬‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻃﲔُ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎِﺋَﻨﺔﹸ ِﻫ َﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺳُﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻥﹲ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻃ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟِﻠﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻊ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺨ َ‬ ‫‪ِ1‬ﻟَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧﺔﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﻭﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺳَﻴ ﹾﺄ ُﺧﺬﹸﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻷﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺐﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‪2 ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻥﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُﻘﹶﺎﻭﹺﻡُ ﺍﻟﺴﱡ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻳُﻘﹶﺎﻭﹺﻡُ َﺗ ْﺮﺗِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻣُ َﺮﺗﱠَﺒ ﹲﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﱡ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎﻥﹶ؟ ﺍ ﹾﻓ َﻌ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻟِﻠﺸﱢﺮﱢﻳ َﺮﺓِ‪ .‬ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓُﺘﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ َﺗﺨَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻸ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻜﱠﺎ َﻡ ﻟﹶﻴْﺴُﻮﺍ َﺧ ْﻮﻓﹰﺎ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺡ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼَ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻒ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺨ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻼﺡﹺ! َﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻟِﻠﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻣَﺪْﺡٌ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ‪َ 4 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﺧَﺎ ِﺩﻡُ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﻀ َﻊ ﹶﻟﻪُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻳ ﹾﻠ َﺰﻡُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱠ‪ِ5 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ْﻨَﺘ ِﻘ ٌﻢ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻋَﺒﺜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺧَﺎ ِﺩﻡُ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﻤﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺠ ْﺰَﻳ ﹶﺔ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﱠ ِﻤﲑﹺ‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺗُﻮﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺠﺒَﺎَﻳ ﹶﺔ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﺰَﻳﺔﹸ‪ .‬ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﺰَﻳ ﹶﺔ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ َﻊ ُﺣﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻗﻬُﻢُ‪ :‬ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑ َﻌ ْﻴﹺﻨﻪِ‪ 7 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ْﻋﻄﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻮﺍ ِﻇﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ُﺧﺪﱠﺍ ُﻡ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺨ ْﻮﻑُ‪ .‬ﻭَﺍ ِﻹ ﹾﻛﺮَﺍ َﻡ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍ ِﻹ ﹾﻛﺮَﺍﻡُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻑ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺒَﺎَﻳﺔﹸ‪ .‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻋﺎﺸﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻋﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻀﻰ ﻭﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺘﺸﻭﻴﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻴﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻭﺼﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻴﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻌﺎﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺤﺎﺭﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻁﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﻀﻁﻬﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻡ‬

‫‪360‬‬

‫اح الثﱠالِ ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﺍل ﻋﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺜﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺸﻐﺏ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻁﻬﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺒل ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﺕ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺒﺒﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻨﻌﻭﺩ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﹸﻨﻅﹸﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻀﻁﻬﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﻤﺨﻴﻔﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺨﻭﻑ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻟﺼﺎﻨﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻭﺹ – ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻠﺔ – ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺸﻴﻥ – ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻭﺭﻴﻥ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ؛ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﻤﻁﻤﺌﻨﺎﹰ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺤﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺼﺭﺡ‬ ‫ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨ ﹰﺎ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5-4‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻑ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺘل‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻫﻭ ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺎﻤﻪ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺩل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﺄﻨﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻁﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺩﺨل ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺒﺫل ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬

‫ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﺭﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﺴﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻌﺘﺭﻀﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺎﻏﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺤﻘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻠﻴﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﺤﻘﻪ ﺒﻁﺭﻕ‬

‫ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺄﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻤﻠﺘﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺩﺍل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻤﺩﺍﻓﻌﻭﻥ ﻋﻅﻤﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻗﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺎ ﻤﻁﺎﻟﹶﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﺭﺅﺴﺎﺌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﻭﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻯ ﻴﺠﺏ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﺭﻋﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻵﺒﺎﺌﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻤﻬﺎﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺭﺌﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻤﻊ‬

‫ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺩﻴﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺍﺌﺏ‬

‫ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻁﻭﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‬

‫)ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺴﺏ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺍﺌﺏ ﻤﺜل ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺠﻤﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪361‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﻀﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﹸﻌﻁﹶﻰ ﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻰ ﻀﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺎل "ﺃﻋﻁﻭﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺼﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﺼﺭ ﻭﻤﺎ‬

‫ﷲ ﷲ" )ﻟﻭ‪ .(25 :20‬ﻜل ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺤﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻟﻜل ﺫﻯ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺼﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺨﺎﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻨﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺨﻭﻓﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬

‫ﻨﻜﺭﻡ ﺫﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺘﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺅﻜﺩ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﺨﻀﻭﻋﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻀﺒﻁ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﻓﻠﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺭﺅﺴﺎﺌﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺄل ﻨﻔﺴﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﻫل ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﺴل ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ؟‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻫل ﺃﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﺤﻘﻰ ﺒﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻅﹸﻠﻤﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺘﹸﺭﻯ ﺃﻟﺠﺄ ﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻤﻠﺘﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻷﺨﺫ ﺤﻘﻰ؟‬

‫)‪(2‬محبة كل إنسان فى العالم )ع‪:(10-8‬‬ ‫ﺤﺐﱠ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ َﺣﺐﱠ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮﻩُ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ َﻤ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻥ ُﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻷ َﺣ ٍﺪ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﹶﻻ ﺗَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ َﻣ ْﺪﻳُﻮﹺﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ ﺃﹸﺧْﺮَﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘ ِﻪ« َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻬ ْﺪ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺰﱡﻭ ﹺﺭ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻕ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱَ‪َ 9 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ » ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﺰ ِﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹾﻘُﺘ ﹾﻞ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬

‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹸ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻛَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺐﱠ ﹶﻗﺮﹺﻳَﺒ َ‬ ‫ِﻫ َﻰ ﻣَﺠْﻤُﻮﻋَﺔﹲ ﻓِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤﺔِ‪» :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻊُ َﺷﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻘﺮﹺﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻚَ‪10 «.‬ﹶﺍﻟﹾ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹸ ِﻫ َﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻜﻤِﻴ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬

‫ع‪ :9-8‬ﻴﻭﺼﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺒﺤﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﺎﺌﻀﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﻜل ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻟﻴﻭﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻠﺯﻡ ﺒﺴﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻫﻭ ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻤﻠﺠﺄ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺘﻌﺏ ﻭﺼﺩﺭ ﺤﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻭﻨﹰﺎ ﻷﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﺸﺌﻴﺎ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺭﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﺴﺎﺭﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ( ﻗﺴﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﻗﺴﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ )ﻻ ﺘﺯﻥ – ﻻ ﺘﻘﺘل‪ ...‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﻭﻤﻠﺨﺼﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺏ‬

‫ﻗﺭﻴﺒﻙ ﻜﻨﻔﺴﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺴﺭ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻤﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺒﺄﻯ‬

‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪362‬‬

‫اح الثﱠالِ ُ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫ث َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺴﻭﺀًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻴﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻁﺊ‬

‫ﻼ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺘﻜﻤﻴل‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻜﺎﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺒﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺴﺎﻗﻁﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺸ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻡ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺴﻬل ﻭﺃﻗﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﻨﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻫﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﺴﺘﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬التوبة اآلن قبل ضياع الوقت )ع‪:(14-11‬‬ ‫ﻆ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺧَﻼﹶﺻَﻨَﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َﺮﺏُ ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻴ ِﻘ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻬَﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﺳَﺎﻋَﺔﹲ ِﻟَﻨ ْ‬ ‫‪11‬ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﻧﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻋَﺎ ﹺﺭﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ﹾﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱡـﻮﺭﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃ ْﺳ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ـ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﻠ ْﻊ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ َﻭَﻧﻠﹾﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬَﺎ ُﺭ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺁ َﻣﻨﱠﺎ‪ 12 .‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗﻨَﺎﻫَﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴ ﹸﻞ َﻭَﺗﻘﹶﺎ َﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺣ َ‬

‫ـ ِﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨﺼَﺎ ﹺﻡ ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﺤَﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑ ِﻠﻴَﺎ ﹶﻗ ٍﺔ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬَﺎ ﹺﺭ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟَﺒ ﹶﻄ ﹺﺮ ﻭَﺍﻟﺴﱡ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﻀَﺎ ﹺﺟ ﹺﻊ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ َﻬ ﹺﺮ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻠ ْ‬ ‫‪ِ13‬ﻟَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ َﻬﻮَﺍﺕِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻌُﻮﺍ َﺗ ْﺪﹺﺑﲑًﺍ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻴ َ‬ ‫‪َ14‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﹾﺒَﺴُﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :12-11‬ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻠﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺸﻴﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻁﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻨﺩﺭﻯ ﻜﻡ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻴﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻴﻘﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﻴﺄﺘﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻨﺘﺼﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﻠﻨﻘﻡ ﻭﻨﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻅﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻌﻤل ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬

‫ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻟﻼﻨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﺎﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻴل ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻅﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻜﺂﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺎﺀﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻭﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺠﻤﺎل ﺁﻴﺔ "ﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴل"‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻋﺯﺍﺀ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺘﻌﺏ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻜل ﺸﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻅﻠﻡ ﺴﻴﺯﻭل ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺤﺘﻤل ﺒﺸﻜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺎل ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺴﻼﻤًﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺯﺍﺀً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺍﻟﺒﻁﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺡ ﺒﻭﻗﺎﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺠﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺭ‪ :‬ﻜل ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺫﻭﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫‪363‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﺌﻘﺔ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻭ ﻜﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻜﺄﻥ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﻐﻤﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺯﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺭﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻁﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺴﺄل ﻨﻔﺴﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫل ﻜﻨﺕ ﺴﺄﻓﻌل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻴﺭﻭﻨﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻷﻫﻡ ﻫل ﺃﻗﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌل‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻴﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ؟‬ ‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺒﺤﻀﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭل ﺇﻴﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻰ "ﺤﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻗﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ")‪1‬ﻤل‪ ،(1 :17‬ﻓﺘﺒﻌﺩ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻨﻐﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻠﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤل ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‬

‫ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺨﺎﺭﺴﺘﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺤﻨﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻟﻥ ﻨﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴل ﻟﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻨﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻐﻀﺏ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪364‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﺜﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬قبول ضعيف اإليمان )ع‪:( 12-1‬‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺿَﻌِﻴﻒٌ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻗَﺒﻠﹸﻮﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ِﻟ ُﻤﺤَﺎ ﹶﻛ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻓﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺ‪2 .‬ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸ ﹶﻞ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﻓَﻴ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ ُﺑﻘﹸﻮﻻﹰ‪ 3 .‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﺰ َﺩ ﹺﺭ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ِﺪ ﹾﻥ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﱠﻌِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗﺪِﻳ ُﻦ َﻋ ْﺒ َﺪ ﻏﹶﻴْﺮﹺﻙَ؟ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻟ َﻤﻮْ ﹶﻻﻩُ َﻳ ﹾﺜﺒُﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻗﹶﺎﺩِﺭٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻘﹸﻂﹸ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ َﺳﻴُﹶﺜﺒﱠﺖُ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹶﻠﻪُ‪َ 4 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻳُﹶﺜﺒﱢَﺘﻪُ‪5 .‬ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ َﻳﻌَْﺘﹺﺒﺮُ ﻳَﻮْﻣًﺎ ﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺁ َﺧﺮُ َﻳﻌَْﺘﹺﺒﺮُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴَﺘَﻴﻘﱠ ْﻦ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﻓِﻰ َﻋ ﹾﻘ ِﻠﻪِ‪6 :‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْﻬَﺘﻢﱡ‬ ‫ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺸﻜﹸﺮُ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳ ْﻬَﺘﻢﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻬَﺘﻢﱡ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻬَﺘﻢﱡ‪ .‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻟﺬﹶﺍِﺗﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺶ ِﻟﺬﹶﺍِﺗ ِﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻳﻤُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ َﻳﻌِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺸﻜﹸﺮُ ﺍﷲَ‪َ 7 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ َﻭَﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ‪َ 9 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻬَﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺸﻨَﺎ َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَﺎ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ُﻣ ْﺘﻨَﺎ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻧﻤُﻮﺕُ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﻨَﺎ ﹶﻓﻠِﻠﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻧﻌِﻴ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 8‬ﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ِﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ِﻠﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﺗﺪِﻳ ُﻦ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎﻙَ؟ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ‬ ‫ﺵ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳﺴُﻮ َﺩ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺣﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﻭَﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍﺕِ‪10 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻭﻗﹶﺎ َﻡ َﻭﻋَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪َ 11 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻧ ِﻘﻒُ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﹸﻛ ْﺮ ِﺳﻰﱢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ َﺗ ْﺰ َﺩﺭﹺﻯ ﹺﺑﹶﺄﺧِﻴﻚَ؟ َﻷﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ َﺳ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺜﹸﻮ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺭُ ﹾﻛَﺒ ٍﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ِﻟﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ َﺳَﻴﺤْ َﻤﺪُ ﺍﷲَ‪12 «.‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹰﺍ؛ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺳُﻴ ْﻌﻄِﻰ‬ ‫َﺣﻰﱞ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ ﻟِﻰ َﺳَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ِﺣﺴَﺎﺑًﺎ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :3-1‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺼل ﺃﻤﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻴﺤل ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻘﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻨﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺄﺜﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺃﻜﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻟﺤﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺯﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺠﺴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺴﻤﺎﻫﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺯﺍﻟﻭﺍ ﻤﻘﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺒﺤﺭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺒﺸﻰﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻭﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺼﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺤﺘﻘﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺄﻜل ﻜل‬ ‫ﺸﻰﺀ ﺒﺸﻜﺭ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻭﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻜﻠﻬﻡ ﻜل ﺸﻰﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻗﺩ ﻗﺒل‬

‫ﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪365‬‬

‫سو ِل إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺜﻡ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻷﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﺒل ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺕ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﺃﻀﻌﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻙ ﻭﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻭﺠﺩﺍل‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺤﺜﺎﺕ ﻏﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺭﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺄﻯ ﺤﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﺘﺴﻘﻁﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺔ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6-5‬ﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺄﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻯ ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻅﺎل ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻏﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪...‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﺃﻤﻤﻰ ﻭﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻋﺎﺸﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻋﺩﺍ ﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻻ ﻴﺄﻜل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻴﺄﻜل ﻜل ﺸﻰﺀ ﺒﺸﻜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻁﺎﻟﺒﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺠﻤﻴﻌﹰﺎ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜل ﻏﺭﻀﻪ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺁﺭﺍﺀﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤُﺭﻀﻴﹰﺎ ﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻹﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﺭﻀﻪ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻬﺩﻭﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺘﺒﻁﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺤﺏ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺯﻨﺎﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺒﻤﺎ ُﻭ ِﻫ َ‬

‫ﻗﻭﻯ ﻻ ﻴﺨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺒل ﻴﺭﺤﺏ ﺒﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻫﻭ ﻏﺎﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫‪366‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻼ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﺨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻭل‬ ‫ع‪ :12-10‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺯﺩﺭﻯ ﺒﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻠﻴﻠﺘﻔﺕ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﺅﻨﺒﹰﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺠﻨﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻴﻥ ﺴﻴﺴﺠﺩ ﻭﻴﻘﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻋﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻁﻴﹰﺎ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺃﺨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻨﺔ ﺘﺸﻐﻠﻙ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻭﺒﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﺒﺩﺃ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻼل‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺴﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺤﺎﺠﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﺼﻼﺘﻙ ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫)‪ (2‬ال تعثر ضعيف اإليمان )ع‪:(23-13‬‬ ‫ﺼ َﺪ َﻣ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ‬ ‫ﺥ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﻸﹺ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹺﺮﻯﱢ ﺍ ْﺣ ﹸﻜﻤُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﻳُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻨَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ُﻧﺤَﺎ ِﻛ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺠﺴًﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ َﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﺠﺴًﺎ ﹺﺑﺬﹶﺍِﺗ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻻﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺷَﻰْﺀٌ َﻧ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻌﹶﺜ َﺮﺓﹲ‪14 .‬ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﻋَﺎﻟِﻢٌ َﻭﻣَُﺘَﻴﻘﱢﻦٌ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬

‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔِ‪ .‬ﹶﻻ ُﺗ ْﻬ ِﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹸﻚُ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺰﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻃﻌَﺎ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﺲٌ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﺧُﻮ َﻙ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶﻠﻪُ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻧ ﹺ‬

‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺕﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻣ ﹶﻠﻜﹸﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺣﻜﹸﻢْ‪َ 17 ،‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺻﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻳُ ﹾﻔَﺘ َﺮ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻪِ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻣَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ﹶﻄﻌَﺎ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻰﱡ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ َﻣ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﺪُﺱﹺ‪َ 18 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻣ ْﻦ َﺧ َﺪ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ َﻭ ﹶﻓ َﺮ ٌ‬ ‫َﻭ ُﺷ ْﺮﺑًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹺﺑﺮﱞ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬

‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﻭَﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻟ ﹾﻠُﺒ ْﻨﻴَﺎ ِﻥ َﺑ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻀﻨَﺎ ِﻟَﺒ ْﻌﺾﹴ‪ 20 .‬ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻟِﻠﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻭ ُﻣﺰَﻛًّﻰ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪ 19 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨ ْﻌ ﹸﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ٌﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﻺْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﹺﺑ َﻌ ﹾﺜ َﺮﺓٍ‪َ 21 .‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺾ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌَﺎ ﹺﻡ َﻋ َﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺍﷲِ‪ .‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ ِﺀ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻫ َﺮ ﹲﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ َﺷﺮﱞ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫َﺗ ْﻨ ﹸﻘ ْ‬

‫ﻚ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎﻥﹲ؟ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻀﻌُﻒُ‪22 .‬ﹶﺃﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺧَﻤْﺮًﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ َﻳﺼْ ﹶﻄ ِﺪﻡُ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﺧُﻮ َﻙ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻳ ْﻌﺜﹸﺮُ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺸ َﺮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹾﺄﻛﹸ ﹶﻞ ﻟﹶﺤْﻤًﺎ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬

‫ﻚ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍﷲِ! ﻃﹸﻮﺑَﻰ ِﻟ َﻤ ْﻦ ﹶﻻ َﻳﺪِﻳ ُﻦ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨُﻪُ‪َ 23 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻳَﺮْﺗَﺎﺏُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ﻓِﻰ ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ َﺧ ِﻄﻴﱠﺔﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ُﻳﺪَﺍ ﹸﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺯﺩﺭﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﺸﻐﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏل ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻨﻌﺜﺭﻩ ﺒﺄﻜﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ع‪ :14-13‬ﺒﺩ ﹰ‬

‫ﻷﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﻨﺠﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻨﺠﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻨﺠﺱ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺤﺴﺒﻪ ﻨﺠﺴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16-15‬ﺘﺤﺯﻥ ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺜﺭ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺄﻜل ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌل‬

‫ﺃﺸﻴﺎﺀ ﺘﺤﺯﻥ ﺃﺨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺘﺄﻜل‬ ‫‪367‬‬

‫سو ِل إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ﻼ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺜﺭﻩ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﻓﻴﻙ ﻭﻴﻅﻨﻙ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﹰﺎ ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬

‫ﺃﻨﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺒﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﹰﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺃﻤﻭﺭﹰﺍ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﻫﺎ ﺨﻁًﺄ ﻓﻴُﻌﺜﹶﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺴﺒﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻙ ﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﻟﻬـﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺘﻅـﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻨـﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺒﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻀﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺸﺠﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﺜﻼ ﻤﺯﻋﺞ ﺠﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻸﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻨﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ‬

‫ﻭﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻜل ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﺃﻟﻡ ﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺼﻭﺍﻤﹰﺎ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺘﻤﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺃﻤﻭﺭًﺍ ﺴﻤﺎﻭﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻫﺫﻩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﻴﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺤﻭﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﺼﻴﺭ ﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺘﻔﺭﺤﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﺜﺭﺓ ﻴﻨﻔﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﺠﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻨﺒﺩﺩ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺎﻻ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﻌﻤل ﻭﻨﺴﻬﺭ ﺒﻜل ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﻘﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻨﺎ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻟﻬﺩﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻴﻨﻤﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺭﺍﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﺤﻜﻴﻡ )ﺃﻡ‪.(30 :11‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ ﻭﺒﻨﻴﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ‬

‫ﻴﺼﺢ ﻫﺩﻡ ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻥ ﺘﺄﻜل ﺒﺤﺭﻴﺘﻙ ﻭﺘﻌﺜﺭ ﺃﺨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺸﺭﻴﺭًﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻙ ﻭﺴﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺸﺭﻴﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺄﻜل ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺸﻰﺀ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺜﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪368‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﺴﺘﻘﻭل ﻟﻰ ﻟﻜﻨﻨﻰ ﺃﺅﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻨﺠﺱ‪ .‬ﺤﺴﻨﹰﺎ ﻓﻠﺘﺄﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒل ﻭﺤﺩﻙ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻙ ﻤﺴﺘﺭﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻨﻙ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻜل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭﻩ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺤﺴﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻨﺠﺴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺄﻜل ﺸﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺘﺸﻜﻙ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺼﺤﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺤﺴﻥ ﺃﻻ‬

‫ﻴﺄﻜﻠﻪ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺘﹸﺤﺴﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪369‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫ش َر‬ ‫س َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻭﻣﺪﺡ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬القوى فى اإليمان ھو من يحتمل اآلخر )ع ‪:(7-1‬‬ ‫ﺽ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ‬ ‫ﺴﻨَﺎ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠُﻴ ْﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻰ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹸﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﱡ َﻌﻔﹶﺎ ِﺀ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻧُ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺿﻌَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ِﻤ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗ ﹺﻮﻳَﺎ َﺀ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻴْﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓَﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺽ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﺮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﺒُ ْﻨﻴَﺎﻥِ‪َ 3 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ ﹶﻗﺮﹺﻳَﺒﻪُ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺗ ْﻌﻠِﻴ ِﻤﻨَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒ ﹺﺮ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸِﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋ ﹶﻠﻰﱠ‪َ 4 «.‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻣَﺎ َﺳَﺒ َﻖ ﹶﻓﻜﹸِﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻭ ﹶﻗ َﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﻣ َﻌﻴﱢﺮﹺﻳ َ‬ ‫»َﺗ ْﻌﹺﻴﲑَﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‪َ ،‬ﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ ﺭَﺟَﺎﺀٌ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﹾﻟُﻴ ْﻌ ِﻄ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒ ﹺﺮ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌ ﹺﺰَﻳ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْﻬَﺘﻤﱡﻮﺍ ﺍ ْﻫِﺘﻤَﺎﻣًﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹸﺘُ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ َﻭ ﹶﻓ ﹴﻢ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪ِ7 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃﺑَﺎ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ِ6 ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺗُ َﻤﺠﱢﺪُﻭﺍ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍﷲِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹶﻠﻨَﺎ ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹾﻗَﺒﻠﹸﻮﺍ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﻌﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺤﻪ ﺒﺂﻴﺔ ﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﷲ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﺒﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺓ ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻭﻋﺏ ﺒﻘﻠﺏ ﻤﺘﺴﻊ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻜﺱ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻅﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﻫﻭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﺒﻼ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻤﻌﻭﻥ ﻵﺭﺍﺌﻬﻡ ﺒﻬﺩﻭﺀ ﻭﺤﺏ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺎﺠﻤﻭﻫﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻔﺤﻤﻭﻫﻡ ﺒﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬

‫ﺴﻴﺠﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺩﻭﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﻔﻜﺭ ﻜل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻜﻴﻑ ﺴﻴﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺒﻼ ﺃﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺤﺩ ﺃﺭﻀﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭ؟ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻤﺕ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺃﺒﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺘﺴﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻗﺩﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺸﺒﻬﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪370‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س َعش َ​َر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ‬

‫ﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻀﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ‪،‬‬

‫ﻼ ﻜل ﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻷﺠﻠﻨﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺼﺭﺥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬

‫ﺭﺍﻓﻀﻭﻙ ﻗﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻫﺎﻨﻭﻨﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻨﺎ ﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻜل ﺁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻨﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻜﻴﻑ‬

‫ﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﹰﺎ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﺒﺘﺄﻟﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺼﺒﺭﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻻﻤﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺤﺘﻤل ﺁﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺒﻨﺎ ﺴﺘﺅﻭل‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻜل‬

‫ﻭﻁﻠﺏ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺘﻌﻭﻴﻀﺎﺕ ﻻ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺩ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺴﻬﻼﹰ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﺴﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺨﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﻠﻭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﻓﺭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻗﻠﺒﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ‪ :‬ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜل‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﺭﺍ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﺘﺨﻠﺼﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﺎ ﻭﻓﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺒﻼ ﺍﻨﺸﻘﺎﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻗﺩ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﺴﻴﻥ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺴﻊ‬

‫ﺒﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻯ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻘﺒل ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺒﺤﺏ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀﻫﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺘﻨﺱ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻭﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺘﻙ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺎﺘﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﻭﺴﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﻨﻰ ﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜل‪ .‬ﻗﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺒﺎﺒﺘﺴﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺼ ﹺل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻜل‪.‬‬ ‫‪371‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫)‪ (2‬قبول اليھود واألمم )ع ‪:(13-8‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻣﻮَﺍ ِﻋﻴ َﺪ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﻳُﹶﺜﺒﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻕﺍِ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺪ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ﺧَﺎ ِﺩ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 8‬ﻭﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬

‫ﻚ َﺳﹶﺄﺣْ َﻤﺪُ َﻙ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ْﺣ َﻤ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪ِ » :‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺑَﺎﺀِ‪َ 9 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻤﺠﱠﺪُﻭﺍ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻚ« ‪َ 10‬ﻭَﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ» :‬ﺗ َﻬﻠﱠﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢُ َﻣ َﻊ َﺷ ْﻌﹺﺒ ِﻪ« ‪11‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪َ » :‬ﺳﺒﱢﺤُﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱠ ﻳَﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸ َﺭﺗﱢﻞﹸ ِﻻ ْﺳ ِﻤ َ‬

‫ﺻﻞﹸ َﻳﺴﱠﻰ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎِﺋﻢُ‬ ‫ﺏ« ‪12‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹺﺇ َﺷ ْﻌﻴَﺎﺀُ‪َ » :‬ﺳَﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﺃ ْ‬ ‫َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍ ْﻣ َﺪﺣُﻮﻩُ ﻳَﺎ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﻌُﻮ ﹺ‬

‫ﻼ ﹴﻡ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻸ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ُﺳﺮُﻭ ﹴﺭ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻟِﻴﺴُﻮ َﺩ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﺳَﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﺭﺟَﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢﹺ‪َ 13 «.‬ﻭﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻤ ْ‬

‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﺪُﺱﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟِﺘَﺰْﺩَﺍﺩُﻭﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺟَﺎ ِﺀ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬

‫ع‪ :10-8‬ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺨﺩﻡ ﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﻔﻀل‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺨﻠﺼﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﻵﺒﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﻨﺴﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ )ﻤﺯ‪) ،(49 :18‬ﺘﺙ‪ ،(43 :32‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ )ﻉ ‪ (10 ،9‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺭﺤﻤﻬﻡ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺤﺏ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﻴﻥ ﻷﺠل ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12-11‬ﺃﺼل ﻴﺴﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻠﻜﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﺭﺡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﺼﻬﻡ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺯ‪.(1 :117‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﻜﻜﻡ )ﺇﺵ‪ ،(10 :11‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻤﻠﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﺘﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻭﺓ ﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺘﺘﺤﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺤﺒﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺨﻠﺼﻜﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﺎﻵﻴﺘﻴﻥ )‪ (12 ،11‬ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻤﺤﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺇﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻘﺹ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻤﻥ ﻋﻅﺎﺌﻡ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﹸﺘﺘﹶﺎﺡ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻐﺭﻫﻡ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺘﻔﺘﻘﺩﻫﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺭﺤﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﻴﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺤﻀﺎﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ‬ ‫‪372‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س َعش َ​َر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻴﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺤﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺃﺨﻴﺭﹰﺍ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺍﺯﺭﻫﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺠﺎﺀﻫﻡ ﻭﻴﻘﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬امتداح أھل رومية )ع ‪:(19-14‬‬ ‫ﺸﺤُﻮﻧُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺻَﻼﹶﺣًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻤﻠﹸﻮﺅُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ‬ ‫‪14‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻰ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣَُﺘَﻴﻘﱢ ٌﻦ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﻳَﺎ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺗِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ِﻋ ﹾﻠ ﹴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎ ِﺩﺭُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ْﻨ ِﺬ َﺭ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﺑَﻌْﻀًﺎ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ ﹺﺮ َﺟﺴَﺎ َﺭ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛَﺘ ْﺒﺖُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺟُﺰْﺋِﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ‪16 ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺧَﺎ ِﺩﻣًﺎ ﻟِﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟِﻰ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻭُ ِﻫَﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻤُ ﹶﺬﻛﱢ ﹴﺮ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺒَﺎ ِﺷﺮًﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸﺪُﺱﹺ‪17 .‬ﻓﹶﻠِﻰ ﺍﻓﹾﺘِﺨَﺎﺭٌ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻛﻜﹶﺎ ِﻫ ﹴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹸﻗ ْﺮﺑَﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺒُﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﺳًﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﻉ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﻣَﺎ ِﻟﻠﱠﻪِ‪َ 18 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ْﺟﺴُﺮُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃَﺗ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ِﻣﻤﱠﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻌ ﹾﻠ ُﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﷲِ‪ .‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ﺭُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭ َﻋﺠَﺎِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺳ ﹶﻄﺘِﻰ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹺﺇﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﻮ ﹺﻝ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔ ْﻌ ﹺﻞ‪19 ،‬ﹺﺑﻘﹸﻮﱠ ِﺓ ﺁﻳَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹺﺑﹺﺈْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸَ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻭﺭُ َﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ َﻭﻣَﺎ َﺣ ْﻮﹶﻟﻬَﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﻠﱢﲑﹺﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ َﻤ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻴﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻫل ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﺴﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‬ ‫ل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻋﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻅﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﻭﺒﺨﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁﺌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻫل ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻷﺠل ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﺠﺴﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﺭﺃ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﺠﺯﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ؟‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺫﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻁﻴﻑ ﻭﻤﺘﻀﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺘﺫﻜﻴﺭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﻜل ﺸﻰﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪373‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﺒﻼ ﻋﻴﺏ‪ .‬ﺜﻡ ﻗﺎل ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺃﻗﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﺎﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺩﻡ ﻗﺭﺒﺎﻨﺎ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺒﻼ ﻋﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺩﻤﻜﻡ ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻜﻡ ﻭﻓﻜﺭﻜﻡ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺘﻜﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﺴﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻭﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﷲ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻼ ﻋﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻭل ﺃﻨﻨﻰ ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺇﻨﻨﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﺭ ﻜﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺼﻴﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺨﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﺃﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺘﺠﺭﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻀل ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻰ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀل ﻜﻠﻪ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻜﻼﻤﻰ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺭﻴﻜﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺸﻤﺎل ﻏﺭﺏ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻤﻌﺠﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺌﺏ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻀﻌﻔﻰ ﻭﻴُﻭﺼل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺭﻴﻜﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻﺤﻅ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻭﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻀﻌﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤل ﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻋﺠﺎﺌﺏ‬ ‫ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺘﻪ ﻗﺒل ﻜل ﺸﻰﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬حدود الخدمة )ع ‪:(21-20‬‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ﹶﺃْﺑﻨﹺﻰ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃﺳَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣ ْﻴﺚﹸ ُﺳﻤﱢﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺤَﺘ ﹺﺮﺻًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸَﺑﺸﱢ َﺮ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 20‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮﺍ َﺳَﻴ ﹾﻔ َﻬﻤُﻮﻥﹶ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺨَﺒﺮُﻭﺍ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﺳُﻴ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻵ َﺧﺮَ‪َ21 .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻛﹶﻤَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَﻜﹾﺘُﻮﺏٌ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻵﺨﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺴﺱ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻨﺕ ﺤﺭﻴﺼﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺭﺴﻭل ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻻ ﺃﺴﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﻥ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻜل ﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻪ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺠﻨﻰ ﺜﻤﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‬ ‫‪374‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س َعش َ​َر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺨﻁﺄ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺸﺭ ﺭﺴﻭﻻﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻤﻔﻴﺩ ﻭﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻜل ﺨﺎﺩﻡ‬

‫ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻴﺭﻜﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻴﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﺒﺘﺩﺨﻼﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﺠﺭﻯ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺩﻭﺤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺤﺒﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻴﻘﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﻭﺴﻤﻌﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻟﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﺇﺸﻌﻴﺎﺀ )‪.(15 :52‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬اشتياق بولس لزيارتھم )ع ‪:(33-22‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟِﻰ ﻣَﻜﹶﺎﻥﹲ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ‬ ‫ﺠﻰ ِﺀ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ 23 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹶﺓ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﺮَﺍ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹸﺃﻋَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫‪ِ22‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬

‫ﲑ ٍﺓ‪ 24 ،‬ﹶﻓ ِﻌ ْﻨ َﺪﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫ َﻫﺐُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﺳْﺒَﺎﻧﹺﻴَﺎ ﺁﺗِﻰ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ َﻷﻗﹶﺎﻟِﻴ ﹺﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِﻰ ﺍﺷْﺘِﻴَﺎﻕٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺠﹺﻰ ِﺀ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ُﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﺬ ِﺳﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻴﱢﻌُﻮﻧﹺﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ُﻫﻨَﺎ َﻙ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﺗ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪َ .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ُﻣﺮُﻭﺭﹺﻯ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﻸﺕُ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺟُﺰْﺋِﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪َ 25 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ﹺﻦ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻌُﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﲔ‪َ 26 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹶﻞ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ َﻭﹶﺃﺧَﺎِﺋَﻴ ﹶﺔ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﺫﹶﺍﻫِﺐٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﺭُﺷَﻠِﻴﻢَ َﻷ ْﺧ ِﺪ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬

‫ﻚ َﻭﹺﺇﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻣ ْﺪﻳُﻮﻧُﻮﻥﹶ! َﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﺭُﺷَﻠِﻴﻢَ‪27 .‬ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫َﺗ ْﻮﺯﹺﻳﻌًﺎ ﻟِﻔﹸﻘﹶﺮَﺍﺀِ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 28 .‬ﹶﻓ َﻤﺘَﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ َﻤ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻳﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻣُﻮﻫُ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُ َﻣﻢُ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﺷَﺘ َﺮﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﺭُﻭ ِﺣﻴﱠﺎِﺗ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ﹺ‬

‫ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻚ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺧَﺘﻤْﺖُ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﱠ َﻤ َﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴَﺄﹶﻣْﻀِﻰ ﻣَﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ْﺳﺒَﺎﹺﻧﻴَﺎ‪29 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻭﹺﺑ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫َﺳﹶﺄ ﹺﺟﻰ ُﺀ ﻓِﻰ ِﻣ ﹾﻞ ِﺀ َﺑ َﺮ ﹶﻛ ِﺔ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ 30 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺮَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬

‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ِ31 ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺃﹸْﻧ ﹶﻘ ﹶﺬ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﻏ ْﻴﺮُ ﻣُﺆْ ِﻣﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺃﹶﺟْﻠِﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺡ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﺗﺠَﺎ ِﻫﺪُﻭﺍ ﻣَﻌِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹶﻠ َﻮﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬

‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﲔ‪32 ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﺃﺟﹺﻰ َﺀ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ َﺮ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟَﻴﻬُﻮ ِﺩﻳﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺧِﺪْﻣَﺘِﻰ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺃﹸﻭﺭُ َﺷﻠِﻴ َﻢ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺒُﻮﹶﻟ ﹰﺔ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬

‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸﻢْ‪33 .‬ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﺳَﺘ ﹺﺮﻳ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑﹺﺈﺭَﺍ َﺩ ِﺓ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :24-22‬ﺭﻏﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻌﻁل‬ ‫ﻋﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺘﻡ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ‬ ‫‪375‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻴﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺯﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﺒﻊ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎ ﺴﻴﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺸﺒﻊ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﺩﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :27-25‬ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺩ ﺠﻤﻌﺕ ﺘﺒﺭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺁﺨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺩﻥ ﺃﻤﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻷﻫل‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻓﻀل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴُﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﺭﺩﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺸﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻜﻬﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :28‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺜﻤﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻤﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺴﻴﺠﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀﺓ ﺒﺭﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﺍﻨﺸﻘﺎﻗﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺩﺭﺒﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :31-30‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﻭﻤﻌﻪ ﺒﺎﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻤﺜﺎﺒﺭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﻴﺩﺒﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺌﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻻ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻨﺠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﻨﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻤﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺃﻫل ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺭﻋﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﺭﻴﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :32‬ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﺒﺎﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻘﺎﺌﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺃﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪376‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س َعش َ​َر‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :33‬ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻠﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﺘﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺒﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﺤﺒﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﺘﻔﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺤﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻁﺎﺅﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺤﺏ ﻟﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪377‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫س َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫س َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬سالم من بولس للمؤمنين فى رومية )ع ‪:(16-1‬‬ ‫ﺨ ﹺﺮﻳَﺎ‪ 2 ،‬ﹶﻛﻰ َﺗ ﹾﻘَﺒﻠﹸﻮﻫَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻛ ْﻨ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺃﹸﻭﺻِﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﹸﺄ ْﺧِﺘﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻴﺒﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺧَﺎ ِﺩ َﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ُﻣﺴَﺎ ِﻋ َﺪ ﹰﺓ ِﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜﲑﹺﻳ َﻦ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟِﻰ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺗَﻘﹸﻮﻣُﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻬَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃﻯﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﺍ ْﺣﺘَﺎ َﺟ ْﺘﻪُ ِﻣ ْﻨ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻬَﺎ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱡ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳ ِ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻌَﺎ ُﻋُﻨ ﹶﻘ ْﻴ ﹺﻬﻤَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﻉ‪4 ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ﹶﺬْﻳ ﹺﻦ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ َﻣﻌِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻜﻼﱠ َﻭﹶﺃﻛِﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫‪َ 3‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹺﺑﺮﹺﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ‪5 ،‬ﻭَﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ َﻭ ْﺣﺪِﻯ ﺃﹶﺷْﻜﹸﺮُﻫُﻤَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﹶﻛﻨَﺎِﺋ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺣﻴَﺎﺗِﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ﹶﺬْﻳ ﹺﻦ ﹶﻟ ْ‬

‫ﻓِﻰ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘ ﹺﻬﻤَﺎ‪ .‬ﺳَﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑَﻴْﻨﹺﺘُﻮﺱَ َﺣﺒﹺﻴﺒﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻫ َﻮ ﺑَﺎﻛﹸﻮ َﺭﺓﹸ ﹶﺃﺧَﺎِﺋَﻴ ﹶﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ 6 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﻣ ْﺮَﻳ َﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ‬

‫ﺸﻬُﻮﺭَﺍ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻧَﺴِﻴﺒَﻰﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹾﺄﺳُﻮ َﺭْﻳ ﹺﻦ َﻣﻌِﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ﹶﺬْﻳ ﹺﻦ ُﻫﻤَﺎ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭﻳُﻮﹺﻧﻴَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ‪7 .‬ﺳَﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃﻧْ َﺪﺭُﻭﻧﹺﻜﹸﻮ َ‬ ‫َﺗ ِﻌَﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﺱ َﺣﺒﹺﻴﺒﹺﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪9 .‬ﺳَﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻗ ْﺒﻠِﻰ‪8 .‬ﺳَﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﹺﺒ ِﻠﻴَﺎ َ‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﺳُ ﹺﻞ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﻛﹶﺎﻧَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ َﺰﻛﱠﻰ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺲ َﺣﺒﹺﻴﺒﹺﻰ‪َ 10 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃَﺑﻠﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹺﺇ ْﺳﺘَﺎﺧِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣ ﹺﻞ ﻣَﻌَﻨَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻭ ْﺭﺑَﺎﻧُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹺﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹺﺭ ْﺳﺘُﻮﺑُﻮﻟﹸﻮﺱَ‪َ 11 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ِﻫﲑُﻭ ِﺩﻳُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻧﺴِﻴﺒﹺﻰ‪َ .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬

‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎِﺋﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹺﻞ َﻧ ْﺮ ِﻛﺴﱡﻮ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ 12 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺗﺮﹺﻳ ﹶﻔ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﻭَﺗَﺮﹺﻳﻔﹸﻮﺳَﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﺎ ِﻋَﺒَﺘ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ 13 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺭُﻭﻓﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒُﻮَﺑ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﺗ ِﻌَﺒ ْ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫َﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ْﺮﺳِﻴ َ‬

‫ﺲ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭ َﻫ ْﺮﻣِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﺘﺮُﻭﺑَﺎ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣﱢ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﹸﺃﻣﱢﻰ‪َ 14 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺳِﻴﻨْﻜِﺮﹺﻳﺘُﺲَ‪ِ ،‬ﻓﻠِﻴﻐُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ْﺮﻣَﺎ َ‬

‫ﺱ َﻭﺃﹸﺧِْﺘ ِﻪ َﻭﺃﹸﻭﹸﻟ ْﻤﺒَﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭﺟُﻮِﻟﻴَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻧﹺﲑﹺﻳُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻣ َﻌﻬُﻢْ‪َ 15 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻓِﻴﻠﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻏﹸ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺱ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﺾ ﹺﺑﻘﹸﺒْ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠ َﺳﺔٍ‪ .‬ﹶﻛﻨَﺎِﺋﺲُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻣ َﻌﻬُﻢْ‪َ 16 .‬ﺳﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ َﺑ ْﻌ ﹴ‬

‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻁﻑ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪377‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :2-1‬ﻓﻴﺒﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﻡ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺒﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺸﻤﺎﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻨﺤﺯﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻤﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ )ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺒﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻁﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﻔﻘﺕ ﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻤل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﺒﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﺴل‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻤﻴﺯﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4-3‬ﻭﻀﻌﺎ ﻋﻨﻘﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻰ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺒل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻫﺩﺩﺕ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺭﻀﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻀﺎﻓﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ :‬ﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻼﺩ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻜﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺒﺭﻴﺴﻜﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﹺﺩَﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺫﻫﺒﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻤﺎ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺎﻥ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺴﺎﻋﺩﺍﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻤﺜل ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﺭﻤﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻀﻁﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﻟﻌﺠﺯﻫﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻴﺕ ﺃﻜﻴﻼ ﻭﺒﺭﻴﺴﻜﻼ ﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﺭﻜﺯﺍ ﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺴل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺴﻼﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺤﻀﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺒﻴﻨﺘﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺁﻤﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺁﺨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪:6‬ﻤﺭﻴﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻤﺭﺍﺓ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﻤﺕ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺴﻼﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﻷﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪378‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫س َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﺃﻨﺩﺭﻭﻨﻜﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﻭﻨﻴﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻗﺒل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺒﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻤﻼ ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺭﺒﻁﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺭﺍﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺴﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻰ‪ :‬ﺴﺠﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺴﺠﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ )‪2‬ﻜﻭ ‪.(5 :6‬‬ ‫ﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴل‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺃﻤﺒﻠﻴﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻓﻴﺎﻀﺔ ﻴﺼﻔﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﺒﺤﺒﻴﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺃﻭﺭﺒﺎﻨﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﺼﻔﻪ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒل ﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﺎﺨﻴﺱ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺃﺒﻠﺱ‪ :‬ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺍﺸﺘﻬﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺴﺘﻭﺒﻭﻟﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﺸﺨﺹ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﺜﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻫل ﺃﺭﺴﺘﻭﺒﻭﻟﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻫﻴﺭﻭﺩﻴﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﻨﺴﻴﺒﻰ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺒﻪ ﻗﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﻩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺭﻜﺴﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺁﻤﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺭﺴل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﻴﻤﺩﺤﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺘﺭﻴﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺭﻴﻔﻭﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺭﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻤﻨﺘﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺭﺴﻴﺱ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺇﻤﺭﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺠﻭﺯ ﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻋﻁﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪379‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺭﻭﻓﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺴﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺭﻭﺍﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﻪ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻴﻠﻘﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻋﺒﻴﺩﹰﺍ ﻭﺘﺤﺭﺭﻭﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﺕ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻨﺤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻴﻌﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻓﻴﻠﻭﻏﻭﺱ ﻭﺠﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺯﻭﺠﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀﻫﻤﺎ ﻨﻴﺭﻴﻭﺱ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻤﺒﺎﺱ ﺃﺨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺴل ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﺭﺴل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺱ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻼ ﻗﺒﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻤﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﻟﺴﻜﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ ﻗﺎﺌ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺘﺭﺴل ﺴﻼﻤﹰﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻋﺎﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻤﺒﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻟﻜل‬ ‫ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺘﺨﻠﻕ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺴﻁ‬

‫ﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬تحذيرات من المعلمين الكذبة )ع ‪:(20-17‬‬ ‫ﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴ ﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﺕ‪ِ ،‬ﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﹶﺜﺮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﱢﻘﹶﺎﻗﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺣﻈﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 17‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ُﺑﻄﹸﻮَﻧ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺭَﺑﱠﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗ َﻌﻠﱠ ْﻤُﺘﻤُﻮ ُﻩ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻋْ ﹺﺮﺿُﻮﺍ َﻋ ْﻨ ُﻬﻢْ‪َ 18 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﱡ ﹶﻠﻤَﺎﺀِ‪َ 19 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻃﹶﺎ َﻋَﺘﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﺫﹶﺍ َﻋ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ َﺪﻋُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨ ِﺔ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻭَﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻗﻮَﺍ ﹺﻝ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴﱢ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻭﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬

‫ﺨ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ َﻭُﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻓﹾ َﺮﺡُ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ُﺣ ﹶﻜﻤَﺎ َﺀ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖُ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻴﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ َﺳَﻴﺴْ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻄﹶﺎ َﺀ ﻟِﻠﺸﱠﺮﱢ‪َ 20 .‬ﻭﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُ ِﻠﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺳﺮﹺﻳﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻨﺸﻘﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻭﻩ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪380‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫س َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻋﺜﺭﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺃﻤﻭﺭﺍ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺘﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ‬ ‫ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻭﻴﺘﺸﻜﻜﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﺒﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻗﺒﻭﺍ ﻜﺤﺭﺍﺱ ﺒﺤﺫﺭ ﺃﻯ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺸﻘﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﻁﻭﻨﻬﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻜﺎﺴﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻏﺭﺍﻀﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻨﻼﺤﻅﻬﻡ؟ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻴﻨﺩﺴﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤُﺩﻋﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻜﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺤﻠﻭ ﻭﻁﻴﺏ ﺒﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻠﻁﻑ ﺨﺎﺩﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺨﺩﻉ‬ ‫ﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻴﺴﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻠﺒﺴﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﺴﻭﺍ ﺴﻤﻭﻤﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻷﻓﺎﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺘﻠﻭﺍ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺤﻴﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺤﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻭﻻ ﻴﺸﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺤﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻫﺩﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﻭﺍﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻤﺸﻬﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﺎ ﺃﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺃﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘﺩﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻅﻨﻭﻨﻜﻡ ﻓﺭﻴﺴﺔ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﺒﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺇﻓﺭﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻓﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻯ ﻜﺄﻨﻜﻡ ﺃﻁﻔﺎل ﻻ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺭﻓﻭﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭﻭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﺫﻨﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻴﺘﻙ ﻷﻯ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻓﻠﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺒﺤﺭﺹ‬ ‫ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺒﻭﺤﺩﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﺤﺎﺭﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺩﻉ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﺴﻨﻐﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻭﻴُﺴﺤَﻕ ﻷﻥ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺯﻤﹰﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺃﺭﺠﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﻭﺘﺘﻌﺏ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﺴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺒﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪381‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻨﻅﺭ ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻴﻤﻴﻨﻙ ﻟﺘﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺨﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺭﻭﺒﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺠﺎﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻟﻬﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺴﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬تحيات من رفقاء بولس )ع ‪:(24-21‬‬ ‫ﺴﺒَﺎﺋِﻰ‪22 .‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣﻞﹸ َﻣﻌِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻟﹸﻮ ِﻛﻴُﻮﺱُ َﻭﻳَﺎﺳُﻮﻥﹸ َﻭﺳُﻮﺳِﻴﺒَﺎْﺗﺮُﺱُ ﹶﺃْﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭ ُ‬ ‫‪21‬ﻳُ َ‬

‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﱢ ُ‬ ‫ﻀﻴﱢﻔِﻰ َﻭﻣُ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻏﹶﺎُﻳ ُ‬ ‫َﺗ ْﺮِﺗﻴُﻮﺱُ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎِﺗﺐُ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺳَﺎﹶﻟ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸ َﺳﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪23 .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻣ َﻊ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ َﻷﺥُ‪24 .‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺧَﺎ ﹺﺯﻥﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺪِﻳَﻨ ِﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻛﻮَﺍ ْﺭُﺗ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ْﺳُﺘ ُ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﹸﻛﻠﱢﻬَﺎ‪ .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺭﺩ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺏ‬

‫ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻟﻭﻻﻫﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﻌﺕ‬

‫ﺘﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﻭﻥ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ‬

‫ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺘﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻭﻜﻴﻭﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻟﻭﻗﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻴﺎﺴﻭﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻀﻴﻔ ﹰﺎ ﻟﺒﻭﺱ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻟﻭﻨﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻭﺴﻴﺒﺎﺘﺭﺱ ﻫﻭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ‬

‫)ﺃﻉ‪ (4 :20‬ﻭﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﺘﺭﺘﻴﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻨﻅﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻤﺭﺽ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺭﺴل ﺘﺭﺘﻴﻭﺱ ﺴﻼﻤﻪ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﻏﺎﻴﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻤﻀﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺍﺴﺘﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻜﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻭﺍﺭﺘﺱ‪ :‬ﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤل ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﺥ ﻟﻠﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﺴﻴﻁﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺏ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻌﺒﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺩﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺠﻊ ﻭﺍﻤﺘﺩﺡ ﻜل ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺩﺭﺍ ﻜل ﺘﻌﺏ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪382‬‬

‫ش َر‬ ‫س َع َ‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻷﻫل ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺘﺭﺍﻓﻘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺤل ﻓﻴﻬﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﻤﻭﺍ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﻭﻴﺜﺒﺘﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬ختام الرسالة )ع ‪:(27-25‬‬

‫ﻼ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﱢﺮﱢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺇ ْﻋ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴﻠِﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺮَﺍ َﺯ ِﺓ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 25‬ﻭِﻟ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎ ِﺩ ﹺﺭ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُﹶﺜﺒﱢَﺘﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱠَﺒ ﹺﻮﻳﱠ ِﺔ‪َ ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻣ ﹾﻜﺘُﻮﻣًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺯ ِﻣَﻨ ِﺔ ﺍ َﻷ َﺯِﻟﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪َ 26 ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻇ َﻬ َﺮ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻋْ ِﻠ َﻢ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻷُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟﻜﹸﺘُ ﹺ‬

‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻜِﻴ ﹺﻢ َﻭ ْﺣ َﺪﻩُ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻣ ﹺﺮ ﺍ ِﻹﹶﻟ ِﻪ ﺍ َﻷ َﺯِﻟﻰﱢ‪ِ ،‬ﻹﻃﹶﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ‪ِ27‬ﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫س ِة َك ْن َخ ِريَا‬ ‫وس َعلَى يَ ِد فِيبِى َخا ِد َم ِة َكنِي َ‬ ‫ُكتِبَتْ إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ ِمنْ ُكو ِر ْنثُ َ‬

‫ع‪ :25‬ﺍﻟﺴﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺜﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻜﻡ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻴﻘﺒل‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺃﻭ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺁﻨﺫﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﺒﺸﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺠﻴل ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :26‬ﻗﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺃﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﻬﻤﻭﺍ ﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻅﺎﻫﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤ ﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻟﻺﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻷﺯل‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺴﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :27‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻬﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺏ‪ ،‬ﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻋﻤل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺩﺒﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﺁﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩ ﻓﻴﺒﻰ‪ :‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻜﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﻭﺱ )ﻉ‪ ،(22‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪383‬‬

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل ُرو ِميَةَ‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻜل‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺤﺘﻘﺭ ﺃﺤﺩﹰﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺇﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﷲ‬

‫ﺴﻴﻤﻸﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺒﺩﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﺭﹰﺍ ﻤﺨﻔﻴﹰﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺴﻨﻴﻨﹰﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺼ ﹺل‬

‫ﻭﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪384‬‬